]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blame - NEWS
core: add 'D' in confirmat spawn to show a full dump of the unit to spawn
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
CommitLineData
d657c51f 1systemd System and Service Manager
220a21d3 2
2bcc3309
FB
3CHANGES WITH 233 in spe
4
5 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
6 following choices:
7
dd6f9ac0 8 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
2bcc3309 9 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
d172b175 10 (h)elp
eedf223a 11 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
2bcc3309
FB
12 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
13 (y)es, execute the command
14
15 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
16 because its meaning was confusing.
17
54b24597 18CHANGES WITH 232:
76153ad4 19
4ffe2479
ZJS
20 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
21 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
22
6fa44114 23 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
4c37970d
LP
24 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
25 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
6fa44114 26
4a77c53d
ZJS
27 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
28 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
29 to be remounted read-only for a service.
30
e49e2c25 31 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
4a77c53d
ZJS
32 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
33 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
34 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
35
6fa44114 36 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
4a77c53d
ZJS
37 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
38
39 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
40 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
41 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
42
4ffe2479
ZJS
43 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
44 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
45 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
46 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
47 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
48 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
49 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
4a77c53d
ZJS
50 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
51 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
52 permanent modifications to the system.
4ffe2479 53
171ae2cd 54 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
4ffe2479 55 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
171ae2cd 56 container or chroot environments.
4ffe2479
ZJS
57
58 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
171ae2cd
LP
59 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
60 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
61 mapped to nobody.
4ffe2479
ZJS
62
63 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
64 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
65 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
66 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
67
68 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
69 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
70
71 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
72 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
73 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
74 and the support is provisional.
75
171ae2cd
LP
76 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
77 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
78 unit files in the file system).
79
80 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
81 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
82 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
83 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
84 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
85 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
86 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
87 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
88 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
89 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
90 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
91 state is fixed automatically.
4ffe2479
ZJS
92
93 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
94 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
95 option.
96
97 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
98 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
99 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
100 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
101 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
102 else.
103
171ae2cd
LP
104 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
105 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
106 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
107 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
108 bootable on physical systems.
109
4a77c53d 110 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
4ffe2479
ZJS
111
112 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
113 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
114 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
115 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
116 used.
117
118 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
d4c08299 119 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
4ffe2479
ZJS
120 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
121 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
122
05ecf467 123 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
4ffe2479 124
d4c08299 125 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
4ffe2479
ZJS
126 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
127 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
128 of the container).
129
171ae2cd 130 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
4ffe2479
ZJS
131 files from the specified location.
132
133 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
134 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
135 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
136 be active.
137
138 * The hardware database has been extended to support
139 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
140 trackball devices.
141
142 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
143 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
144 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
145
146 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
171ae2cd
LP
147 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
148 specified service binary exited.)
4ffe2479 149
171ae2cd 150 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
4a77c53d
ZJS
151 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
152
171ae2cd 153 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
4ffe2479 154 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
171ae2cd
LP
155 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
156 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
157 --since= and --until= options.
4ffe2479
ZJS
158
159 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
160 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
161 are automatically propagated to the container.
162
163 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
171ae2cd
LP
164 from a single IP address can be limited with
165 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
166 MaxConnections=.
4ffe2479 167
4a77c53d
ZJS
168 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
169 configuration.
170
171 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
172 drop-ins.
173
4ffe2479
ZJS
174 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
175 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
176 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
177 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
178 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
179 [Link] section of .link files.
180
171ae2cd
LP
181 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
182 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
183 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
184 section of .netdev files.
4ffe2479 185
171ae2cd 186 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
4a77c53d
ZJS
187 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
188 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
189
171ae2cd 190 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
4ffe2479
ZJS
191 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
192 .network files.
193
171ae2cd
LP
194 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
195 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
196 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
197 service runtime cycle.
4ffe2479 198
4a77c53d 199 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
1f4f4cf7 200 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
4a77c53d
ZJS
201 has been traditionally doing.
202
203 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
204 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
205 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
206 prevent any later plugins from running.
207
76153ad4 208 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
d4c08299 209 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
76153ad4
ZJS
210 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
211 default of SplitMode=uid.
212
4a77c53d
ZJS
213 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
214 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
215 useful.
216
4ffe2479
ZJS
217 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
218 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
219 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
220 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
221 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
222 individual namespaces.
223
171ae2cd
LP
224 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
225 the output, as well as OS release information.
226
227 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
228
229 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
230 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
231 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
232 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
233 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
234
235 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
236 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to to make a
237 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
238 severed.
239
240 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
241 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
242 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
243 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
244 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
245 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
246 information about exit statuses and results.
247
4c37970d
LP
248 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
249 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
250 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
251 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
252 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
253 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
254
255 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
256
257 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
258 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
259 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
260 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
261 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
262 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
263 entirely.
264
265 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
266 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
267 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
268
269 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
270 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
271 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
272 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
273 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
274 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
275 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
276 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
277 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
278 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
279 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
280 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
281 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
282 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
283 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
284 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
285 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
286
287 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
288 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
289 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
290 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
291
292 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
293 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
294 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
295 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
296
297 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
298 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
299 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
300 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
301 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
302 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
303 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
304 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
305 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
306 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
307 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
308 fragment entirely.)
309
310 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
311 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
312 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
313
314 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
315 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
316 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
317 FileDescriptorName= setting.
318
319 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
320 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
321 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
322 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
323 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
324 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
325
326 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
327 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
328
b4eed568
LP
329 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
330 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
331
332 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
333 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
334 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
335 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
336 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
337
07393b6e
LP
338 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
339 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
340 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
341 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
342 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
343 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
344 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
345 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
346 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
347 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
348 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
349 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
350 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
351 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
352 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
353 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
354 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
355 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
356 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
357 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
358 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
359 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
360 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
361 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
362 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
363 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
364
54b24597 365 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
07393b6e 366
5cd118ba
MP
367CHANGES WITH 231:
368
fcd30826
LP
369 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
370 with an additional special character as first argument of the
43eb109a 371 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
fcd30826
LP
372 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
373 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
374 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
375 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
376 independently.
377
378 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
379 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
380
381 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
382 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
383 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
384 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
771de3f5 385 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
fcd30826
LP
386 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
387 values.
388
389 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
390 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
391 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
392 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
393 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
394
395 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
396 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
397 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
398 7:10am every day.
399
400 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
401 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
402 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
403 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
404 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
405 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
406 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
407 available for compatibility.
408
409 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
410 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
411 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
412 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
413 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
414 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
415
416 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
417 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
418 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
419 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
420 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
421 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
422 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
423 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
424 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
425
426 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
427 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
428 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
429 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
5cd118ba
MP
430 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
431 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
432 desired options.
433
fcd30826
LP
434 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
435 cgroupsv2.
436
437 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
438 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
439 limited to subgroups of that group.
440
441 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
442 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
443 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
771de3f5 444 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
fcd30826
LP
445 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
446 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
447 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
448 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
449
450 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
451 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
452 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
453 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
454 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
455 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
456 own long-running services.
457
458 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
459 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
460 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
461 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
462
463 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
464 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
465 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
466 propagates this notification further to the service manager
467 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
468 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
469 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
470 primitives.
471
472 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
473 "terminate".
474
475 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
476 link-local IPv6 addresses.
477
478 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
479 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
480 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
481 --flush-caches".
482
771de3f5 483 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
fcd30826
LP
484 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
485 is shown.
486
487 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
488 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
489 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
771de3f5 490 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
fcd30826
LP
491 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
492 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
493
494 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
495 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
496 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
497 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
498 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
499 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
500 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
501 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
502 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
503 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
504 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
505 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
506 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
507 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
508 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
509 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
510 bus API instead.
511
512 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
513 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
514 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
515 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
516
517 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
518 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
519 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
520 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
521
522 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
523 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
524 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
525
526 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
527 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
528
529 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
530 interface configuration.
531
532 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
533 specifying the --force switch.
534
535 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
536 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
537 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
538
43a569a1
ZJS
539 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
540 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
541 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
542 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
ce830873 543 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
43a569a1
ZJS
544 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
545 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
546 to be handled.
547
548 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
549 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
550
551 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
552 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
553
554 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
555 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
556 of persistent symlinks for that device.
557
0f1da52b
LP
558 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
559 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
560
561 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
562 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
563 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
564 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
565 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
566 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
567 neither API not ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
1ecbf32f
ZJS
568 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
569 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
570 library.
43a569a1 571
fcd30826
LP
572 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
573 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
574 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
575 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
576 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
577 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
ce830873 578 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
fcd30826
LP
579 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
580 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
581 HACKING for details.
ceeddf79 582
4ffe2479
ZJS
583 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
584 distribution's bugtracker.
585
38b383d9
LP
586 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
587 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
588 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
589 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
590 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
591 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
592 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
593 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
594 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
595 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
596 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
597 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
598 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
599 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
600 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
601 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
771de3f5
ZJS
602 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
603 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
38b383d9 604 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5cd118ba 605
38b383d9 606 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
5cd118ba 607
46e40fab 608CHANGES WITH 230:
7f6e8043 609
61ecb465
LP
610 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
611 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
612 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
613 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
614 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
615 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
616 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
617 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
618 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
96d49011 619 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
61ecb465
LP
620 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
621 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
622 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
623 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
624 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
e40a326c
LP
625 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
626 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
627 and its DNSSEC mode for host name resolution from local
628 applications.)
61ecb465 629
96515dbf 630 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
e40a326c 631 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
e75690c3 632 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
96515dbf 633
97e5530c
ZJS
634 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
635 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
977f2bea 636 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
e40a326c
LP
637 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
638 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
639 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
640 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
97e5530c
ZJS
641
642 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
643 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
644 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
e40a326c 645 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
8951eaec 646 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
e40a326c 647 command works for tmux.
97e5530c
ZJS
648
649 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
650 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
651 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
152199f2
ZJS
652 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
653 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
654 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
7f6e8043 655
95365a57 656 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
e40a326c 657 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
7f6e8043 658
e75690c3
ZJS
659 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
660 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
188d3082 661 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
e75690c3
ZJS
662
663 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
664
96515dbf 665 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
e40a326c 666 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
25b0e6cb
LP
667 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
668 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
669 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
e40a326c 670
96515dbf
ZJS
671 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
672 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
673 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
e40a326c 674 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
96515dbf 675
e40a326c
LP
676 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
677 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
8951eaec
ZJS
678 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
679 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
e40a326c
LP
680 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
681 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
96515dbf 682
e40a326c
LP
683 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
684 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
e75690c3
ZJS
685 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
686
687 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
688 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
689 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
690 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
691 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
692 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
693
694 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
695 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
696 address.
697
698 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
699 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
700 should be emitted.
96515dbf 701
e40a326c 702 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
97e5530c
ZJS
703 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
704 supported.
705
e40a326c
LP
706 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
707 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
708 logging performance.
96515dbf 709
e75690c3
ZJS
710 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
711 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
712 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
713 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
714 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
715 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
716
717 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
718 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
719 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
720 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
721
e40a326c
LP
722 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
723 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
96515dbf
ZJS
724
725 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
726 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
727 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
728
e75690c3 729 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
e40a326c
LP
730
731 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
732 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
8951eaec
ZJS
733 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
734 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
e40a326c 735
e75690c3
ZJS
736 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
737 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
738 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
739 refuse to operate on such files.
740
e40a326c
LP
741 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
742 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
743 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
744
745 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
746 just hidden container images.
747
e40a326c
LP
748 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
749 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
750
e40a326c
LP
751 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
752 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
753 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
754 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
24597ee0
ZJS
755 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
756 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
757 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
758 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
759 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
760 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
761 been changed to use this functionality by default.
e40a326c 762
25b0e6cb
LP
763 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
764 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
765 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
766 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
767 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
768 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
769 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
770 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
771 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
772 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
773 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
774 terminates.
775
e40a326c 776 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
8951eaec
ZJS
777 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
778 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
779 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
e40a326c 780
030bd839 781 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
e40a326c
LP
782 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
783 rate of the socket unit.
784
785 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
786 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
787 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
788 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
789 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
790
999a43f8
LP
791 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
792 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
793 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
188d3082 794 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
999a43f8
LP
795 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
796 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
797 with this.
798
e75690c3
ZJS
799 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
800 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
801
802 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
803 merged into the kernel in its current form.
804
805 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
806 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
807 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
808 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
809 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
810
811 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
812 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
813 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
814
4f9020fa
DR
815 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
816 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
817 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
818 target is now included in early userspace.
819
e75690c3
ZJS
820 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
821 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
822 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
823 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
824 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
825 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
826 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
827 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
77ff6022
CG
828 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
829 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
e75690c3
ZJS
830 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
831 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
832 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
77ff6022
CG
833 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
834 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
835 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
e75690c3
ZJS
836 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
837 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
838 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
839 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
840 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
841 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
46e40fab
ZJS
842 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
843 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
844 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
845 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
e40a326c 846
46e40fab 847 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
96515dbf 848
61f32bff
MP
849CHANGES WITH 229:
850
d5f8b295
LP
851 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
852 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
853 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
ed5f8840
ZJS
854 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
855 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
856 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
857 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
858 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
859 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
860 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
861 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
862 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
863 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
d5f8b295
LP
864
865 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
ed5f8840
ZJS
866 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
867 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
868 /usr/bin.
d5f8b295
LP
869
870 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
871 devices.
872
a7c723c0
LP
873 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
874 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
875 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
876 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
877 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
878 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
879 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
880 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
881 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
882 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
883 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
884 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
885 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
886 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
887 this limit.
888
889 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
890 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
891 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
892 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
893 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
894 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
895 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
896 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
897
898 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
899 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
900 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
901 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
902 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
903 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
904 and group at package installation time.
905
d5f8b295
LP
906 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
907 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
908 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
909 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
910 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
911
8968aea0
MP
912 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
913 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
d5f8b295
LP
914 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
915 supports it.
916
917 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
918 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
919
920 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
921 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
922 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
923 file is already initialized.
924
925 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
926 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
ed5f8840
ZJS
927 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
928 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
929 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
930 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
931 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
932 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
d5f8b295
LP
933 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
934
935 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
936 working directory for the process started in the container.
937
ed5f8840
ZJS
938 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
939 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
940 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
941 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
942 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
d5f8b295
LP
943
944 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
945 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
946 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
947
948 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
949 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
950 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
951 sd_journal_restart_fields().
952
953 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
8968aea0
MP
954 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
955 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
956 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
957 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
d5f8b295
LP
958
959 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
8968aea0
MP
960 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
961 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
962 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
963
964 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
965 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
966 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
d5f8b295
LP
967 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
968 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
969 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
970 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
971 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
ed5f8840 972 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
d5f8b295
LP
973 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
974 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
975 by PID 1.
976
50f48ad3
DM
977 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
978 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
979 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
980 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
981 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
982 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
983 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
984 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
985
986 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
987
d5f8b295 988 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
8968aea0 989 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
d5f8b295
LP
990 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
991
8968aea0
MP
992 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
993 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
994 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
d5f8b295
LP
995 recent kernels.
996
997 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
998 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
999
8968aea0 1000 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
ed5f8840
ZJS
1001 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
1002 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
1003 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
1004 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
1005 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
1006 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
1007 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
1008 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
1009 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
8968aea0 1010 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
ed5f8840
ZJS
1011 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
1012 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
d5f8b295
LP
1013
1014 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
8968aea0
MP
1015 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
1016 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
1017 clusters or larger setups.
d5f8b295
LP
1018
1019 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
1020
1021 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
1022 sockets.
1023
1024 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
1025
1026 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
1027 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
1028 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
1029 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
1030 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
1031 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
1032
1033 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
1034 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
1035 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
1036
1037 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
1038 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
61f32bff
MP
1039 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
1040 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
d5f8b295
LP
1041
1042 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
61f32bff 1043
3545ab35
LP
1044 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
1045 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
1046 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
1047 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
1048 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
1049 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
1050 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
1051 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
1052 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
1053 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
1054 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
1055 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
1056 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
1057 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
1058 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
1059 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
1060 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
1061 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
1062 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1063
ccddd104 1064 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
61f32bff 1065
a11c7ea5
LP
1066CHANGES WITH 228:
1067
a11c7ea5
LP
1068 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
1069 files are now also available as properties to set when
1070 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
1071 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
1072 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
1073 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
1074 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
1075 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
1076 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
1077
28c85daf
LP
1078 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
1079 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
1080 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
a11c7ea5 1081
f1f8a5a5
LP
1082 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
1083 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
1084 created transiently.
1085
a11c7ea5
LP
1086 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
1087 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
1088 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
1089 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
1090 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
815bb5bd 1091 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
a11c7ea5
LP
1092 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
1093 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
1094
28c85daf
LP
1095 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
1096 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
1097 disk and sync the files, before returning.
1098
a11c7ea5
LP
1099 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
1100 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
1101 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
1102 enabled.
1103
f1f8a5a5
LP
1104 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
1105 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
1106 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
1107 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
1108 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
1109 subvolumes.
1110
a11c7ea5
LP
1111 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
1112 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
1113
28c85daf 1114 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
a11c7ea5
LP
1115 individual indexes.
1116
28c85daf
LP
1117 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
1118 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
1119 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
1120 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
1121 suffixes now.
1122
f1f8a5a5
LP
1123 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
1124 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
1125 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
1126 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
1127 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
1128 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
1129 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
1130 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
1131 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
1132 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
1133 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
1134 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
1135 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
1136 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
1137 number of processes or tasks each user may own
1138 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
1139 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
1140 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
1141 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
1142 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
1143 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
1144
28c85daf
LP
1145 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
1146 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
1147 links between the host and the container.
1148
1149 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
1150 added that allows importing select environment variables
1151 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
1152 the service.
1153
ddb4b0d3 1154 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
595bfe7d 1155 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
ddb4b0d3
LP
1156 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
1157 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
1158 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
1159 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
1160 than until they first elapse.
1161
a11c7ea5 1162 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
28c85daf
LP
1163 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
1164 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
a11c7ea5
LP
1165 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
1166 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
1167 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
1168 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
1169 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
1170
28c85daf
LP
1171 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
1172 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
1173 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
1174 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
1175 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
1176 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
1177 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
815bb5bd 1178 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
28c85daf
LP
1179 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
1180 journal and in coredump handling.
a11c7ea5 1181
28c85daf
LP
1182 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
1183 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
1184 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
815bb5bd 1185 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
28c85daf
LP
1186 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
1187 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
1188 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
1189 software you package still references it, as this is a
1190 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
1191 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
1192
1193 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
a11c7ea5 1194
d5bd92bb
LP
1195 Note that only util-linux versions built with
1196 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
1197
a11c7ea5
LP
1198 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
1199 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
1200 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
1201
b9e2f7eb
LP
1202 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
1203 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
1204 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
1205 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
1206 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
1207 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
1208 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
1209 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
1210 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
1211 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
1212 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
1213 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
1214 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
1215 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
1216 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
1217 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
1218
1219 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
1220 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
1221 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
1222 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
1223 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
1224 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
1225 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
1226 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
1227 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
1228 surprises.
1229
28c85daf
LP
1230 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
1231 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
1232 to the various user database fields of the user that the
1233 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
1234 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
1235 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
1236 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
1237 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
1238 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
1239 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
1240 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
ce830873 1241 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
28c85daf
LP
1242 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
1243 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
1244 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
1245 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
1246 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
1247 of PID 1 is the root user).
1248
1249 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
1250 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
1251 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
f1f8a5a5
LP
1252 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
1253 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
1254 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
1255 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
1256 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
1257 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
1258 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
1259 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
1260 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
1261 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
1262 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
1263 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
28c85daf 1264
ccddd104 1265 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
a11c7ea5 1266
c97e586d
DM
1267CHANGES WITH 227:
1268
1269 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
1270 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
1271 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
1272
1273 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
1274 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
1275 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
1276 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
1277 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
1278 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
1279
d046fb93
LP
1280 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
1281 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
c97e586d
DM
1282 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
1283 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
6fd5517b 1284 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
c97e586d
DM
1285
1286 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
fe08a30b
LP
1287 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
1288 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
1289 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
1290 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
1291 packets on unestablished sockets.
c97e586d
DM
1292
1293 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
6fd5517b 1294 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
c97e586d
DM
1295 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
1296 automatically.
1297
21d86c61
DM
1298 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
1299 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
1300 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
1301
1302 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
1303 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
1304 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
1305 for disk IO.
1306
1307 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
1308 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
1309 removed.
1310
d046fb93
LP
1311 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
1312 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
1313 directory is set to the home directory of the user
1314 configured in User=.
21d86c61 1315
fe08a30b
LP
1316 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
1317 directory of the selected user by default.
1318
21d86c61 1319 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
d046fb93
LP
1320 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
1321 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
1322 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
1323 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
1324 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
1325 compat reasons.
21d86c61 1326
fe08a30b 1327 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
8b5f9d15 1328 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
fe08a30b
LP
1329 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
1330 units.
1331
1332 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
1333 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
1334 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
1335 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
1336 level.
1337
1338 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
1339 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
1340 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
1341 namespaces work correctly.
1342
1343 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
1344 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
1345 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
595bfe7d 1346 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
fe08a30b
LP
1347 activation.
1348
1349 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
1350 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
1351 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
1352 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
1353 system instance in a container.
1354
1355 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
1356 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
1357 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
1358 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
1359 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
1360 connections.
1361
1362 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
1363 show the control groups within a certain container only.
1364
1365 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
1366 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
1367 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
1368 processes attached, or similar.
1369
bdba9227
DM
1370 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
1371 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
1372 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
1373
1374 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
1375 specifiers like %i or %f.
1376
ce830873 1377 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
fe08a30b
LP
1378 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
1379 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
1380 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
1381
bdba9227
DM
1382 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
1383 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
a8eaaee7 1384 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
bdba9227
DM
1385 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
1386 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
1387 descriptors using sd_notify().
fe08a30b 1388
d046fb93
LP
1389 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
1390
0053598f 1391 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
edf4126f 1392 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
d046fb93
LP
1393
1394 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
1395 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
1396
1397 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
edf4126f 1398 .network files.
fe08a30b 1399
bdba9227
DM
1400 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
1401 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
1402 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
1403 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
1404 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
1405 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
1406 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
1407 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
1408 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
1409 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
1410 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
1411 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
1412 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
1413 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
1414 gdm-autologin is used.
fe08a30b
LP
1415
1416 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
1417 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
1418 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
1419 next to the image file.
c97e586d 1420
91d0d699
LP
1421 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
1422 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
1423 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
1424 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
1425
1426 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
1427 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
1428 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
1429 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
1430 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
1431 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
1432
d046fb93
LP
1433 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
1434 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
1435 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
1436 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
6dd6a9c4 1437 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
d046fb93
LP
1438 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
1439 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
1440 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
1441 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
1442 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
1443 number of files in place.
c48eb61f 1444
bdba9227
DM
1445 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
1446 on kernels where that is supported.
c30f086f 1447
efce0ffe 1448 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
c97e586d 1449
61e6771c
LP
1450 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
1451 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
1452 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
1453 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
1454 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
1455 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
1456 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
1457 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
1458 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
1459 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
1460 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
1461 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
1462 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
1463 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
1464 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
1465 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
1466 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
1467 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
1468
ccddd104 1469 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
c97e586d 1470
c9912c5e
DH
1471CHANGES WITH 226:
1472
5e8d4254
LP
1473 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
1474 new features:
1475
1476 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
1477 information. It may be enabled and configured via
1478 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
1479 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
1480 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
1481 is any) is propagated.
1482
1483 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
1484 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
1485 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
1486 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
1487 information is enabled between host and containers by
1488 default now: the container will change its local timezone
1489 to what the host has set.
1490
1491 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
1492 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
1493
1494 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
1495 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
1496 information back, even if the server loses state.
1497
1498 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
1499 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
1500 PoolSize=.
1501
1502 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
1503 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
1504 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
1505 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
1506
1507 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
1508 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
1509 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
1510 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
1511 'dbus-daemon' systems.
1512
1513 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
1514 for virtio devices.
1515
1516 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
1517 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
1518 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
1519 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
1520 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
1521 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
1522 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
1523 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
856ca72b 1524 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
5e8d4254
LP
1525 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
1526 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
1527 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
1528 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
1529 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
1530 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
1531 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
1532 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
1533 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
1534 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
1535 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
1536 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
1537 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
1538 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
1539 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
1540 grants them.
1541
1542 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
1543 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
1544 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
1545 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
1546 group tree.
1547
1548 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
1549 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
1550 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
1551 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
1552 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
1553 work correctly in containers now.
1554
1555 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
1556 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
1557
c626bf1d
DM
1558 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
1559 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
5e8d4254
LP
1560 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
1561 function call is particularly useful when implementing
1562 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
1563
1564 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
1565 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
1566 signal events.
1567
1568 * When systemd requests a PolicyKit decision when managing
1569 units it will now add additional fields to the request,
1570 including unit name and desired operation. This enables more
1571 powerful PolicyKit policies, that make decisions depending
1572 on these parameters.
c9912c5e 1573
47f5a38c
LP
1574 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
1575 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
1576 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
1577 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
1578 nspawn command line.
1579
2f77decc
LP
1580 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
1581 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
1582 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
1583 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
1584 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
1585 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
1586 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
23d08d1b 1587 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
c9912c5e 1588
ccddd104 1589 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
c9912c5e 1590
ec5249a2
DM
1591CHANGES WITH 225:
1592
5e8d4254
LP
1593 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
1594 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
1595 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
1596 shell directly without prompting for username or
1597 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
1598 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
1599 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
1600 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
1601 the originating session.
1602
1603 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
1604 options and allows other programs to query the values.
1605
1606 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
1607 longer enforced with this release. The previous
1608 implementation was incorrect, and a new corrected
1609 implementation is not yet available. As unit file operations
1610 are still protected via PolicyKit and D-Bus policy this is
1611 not a security problem. Yet, distributions which care about
1612 optimal SELinux support should probably not stabilize on
1613 this release.
1614
1615 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
1616 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
1617 messages.
1618
1619 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
1620 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
1621 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
1622
1623 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
1624 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
1625
1626 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
1627 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
1628 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
1629 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
1630 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
1631 posteriori.
1632
1633 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
1634 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
1635
1636 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
1637 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
1638 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
1639 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
1640 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
1641 "lastlog" tools.
1642
1643 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
1644 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
1645 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
1646 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
1647 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
1648
1649 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
1650 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
1651 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
1652 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
1653 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
1654 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
1655 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
1656 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
1657 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
1658 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
1659 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
1660 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
e1439a14 1661
ccddd104 1662 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
ec5249a2 1663
11811e85
DH
1664CHANGES WITH 224:
1665
10fa421c
DH
1666 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
1667 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
1668
5e8d4254
LP
1669 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
1670 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
1671 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
10fa421c 1672
11811e85
DH
1673 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
1674 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
1675 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
1676
ccddd104 1677 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
11811e85 1678
e57eaef8
DH
1679CHANGES WITH 223:
1680
1681 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
1682 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
1683 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
1684 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
1685
01608bc8 1686 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
e57eaef8
DH
1687 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
1688
1689 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
1690 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
1691
931618d0
DM
1692 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
1693
1694 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
37d54b93 1695 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
931618d0
DM
1696 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
1697
1698 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
1699 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
1700 decapsulated packet.
1701
1702 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
1703 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
1704 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
1705 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
1706 netlink attribute.
1707
1708 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
1709 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
1710 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
1711 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
1712
1713 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
1714 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
1715 according to RFC2460.
e57eaef8 1716
f5f113f6
DH
1717 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
1718 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
1719
e57eaef8 1720 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
01608bc8 1721 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
e57eaef8
DH
1722 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
1723
1724 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
1725 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
1726 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
1727 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
1728 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
1729 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
1730
1731 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
e4e66993
DH
1732 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
1733 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
1734 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
1735 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
1736 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
1737 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
1738 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
1739 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
1740 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1741
ccddd104 1742 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
e57eaef8 1743
0db83ad7 1744CHANGES WITH 222:
5541c889 1745
861b02eb
KS
1746 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
1747 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
1748 or should be used to work around such bugs.
1749
1750 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
1751 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
0db83ad7
DH
1752
1753 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
1754 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
1755 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
1756 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
1757 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
1758
5541c889
DH
1759 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
1760 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
1761 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
1762
9b361114
DM
1763 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
1764 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
1765 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
1766 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
1767 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
1768
1769 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
1770
0db83ad7
DH
1771 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
1772 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
1773 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
1774 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
5541c889
DH
1775 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
1776 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
0db83ad7
DH
1777 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
1778 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
2d1ca112
DH
1779 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
1780 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
0db83ad7 1781
ccddd104 1782 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
0db83ad7 1783
0f0467e6
MP
1784CHANGES WITH 221:
1785
470e72d4 1786 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
5f92d24f 1787 stable and have been added to the official interface of
470e72d4
LP
1788 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
1789 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
1790 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
1791 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
1792 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
0aee49d5 1793 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
470e72d4
LP
1794 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
1795 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
5f92d24f 1796 portable to other kernels.
0f0467e6 1797
470e72d4
LP
1798 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
1799 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
1800 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
c6551464 1801 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
470e72d4
LP
1802 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
1803 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
1804 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
1805 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
0aee49d5 1806 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
470e72d4
LP
1807 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
1808 systemd enabled.
0f0467e6 1809
470e72d4
LP
1810 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
1811 2.26.
1812
1813 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
0aee49d5 1814 favor of calling an abstraction tool
470e72d4
LP
1815 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
1816 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
1817 in README for details.
1818
1819 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
1820 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
1821 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
1822 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
1823 unit.
1824
1825 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
1826 into man pages.
1827
1828 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
1829 external project.
1830
1831 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
0aee49d5 1832 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
470e72d4
LP
1833
1834 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
1835 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
1836 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
1837 state.
1838
1839 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
1840 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
1841 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
1842
1843 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
1844 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
1845 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
1846 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
1847 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
1848 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
1849 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
1850 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
1851 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
1852 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
1853 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
b912e251
LP
1854 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
1855 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
1856 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
1857 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
1858 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
470e72d4 1859
ccddd104 1860 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
0f0467e6 1861
481a0aa2
LP
1862CHANGES WITH 220:
1863
f7a73a25
DH
1864 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
1865 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
1866 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
1867 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
1868 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
1869 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
1870 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
1871 http://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
1872
481a0aa2
LP
1873 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
1874 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
1875 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
1876 service consumed). This value is only available if
1877 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
1878 in the "systemctl status" output.
1879
1880 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
1881 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
29d1fcb4 1882 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
481a0aa2
LP
1883 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
1884 previously was already the default behaviour).
1885
1886 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
1887 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
1888 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
1889
1890 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
1891 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
29d1fcb4 1892 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
481a0aa2
LP
1893 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
1894
1895 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
1896 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
1897 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
1898 journalling file systems that support external journal
1899 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
1900 systems to be mounted.
1901
1902 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
1903 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
1904 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
1905 stable release this should not be problematic.
1906
1907 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
1908 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
1909 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
1910 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
1911 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
1912
1913 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
1914 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
1915 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
1916 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
1917 network switches.
1918
1919 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
1920 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
1921
1922 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
1923 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
1924 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
1925
1926 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
1927
1579dd2c
LP
1928 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
1929 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
1930 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
1931 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
1932 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
1933 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
1934 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
1935 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
1936 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
1937 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
1938 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
1939 been fixed in v220.
1940
481a0aa2
LP
1941 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
1942 systemd-networkd.
1943
1944 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
1945 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
ce830873 1946 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
481a0aa2
LP
1947 containers started from the command line.
1948
1949 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
1950 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
1951
1952 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
1953 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
1954 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
1955 indirection via a pseudo tty.
1956
1957 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
1958 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
1959 when shutting down.
1960
1961 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
1962 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
1963 overlayfs support.
1964
1965 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
1966 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
1967 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
1968 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
1969 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
1970 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
1971 images are imported via systemd-importd.
1972
1973 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
1974 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
1975 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
1976
1977 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
1978 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
1979 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
1980 of v1 as before).
1981
1982 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
1983 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
1984
1985 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls
1986 are now accessible to unprivileged processes via
1987 PolicyKit. Also, systemd-logind will now allow users to kill
1988 their own sessions without further privileges or
1989 authorization.
1990
1991 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
1992 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
1993 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
1994 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
1995 accessible via a bus interface.
1996
1997 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
1998 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
1999 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
2000 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
2001 to cover this functionality.
2002
2003 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
1579dd2c 2004 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
481a0aa2
LP
2005 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
2006 disabled/masked also stopped.
2007
2008 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
1a2d5fbe
DH
2009 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
2010 updated to support systemd-boot.
481a0aa2
LP
2011
2012 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
2013 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
2014 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
2015 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
2016 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
1a2d5fbe 2017 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
481a0aa2
LP
2018 like this and can extract OS release information from them
2019 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
2020 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
2021
2022 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
2023 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
2024 system.
2025
2026 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
2027 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
2028 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
2029 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
2030 device symlinks.
2031
2032 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
2033 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
2034 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
2035 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
2036
2037 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
2038 stick devices has been added.
2039
2040 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
2041 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
2042
2043 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
2044 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
2045 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
2046 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
2047 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
2048
2049 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
2050 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
2051 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
2052
2053 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
2054 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
2055 Debian.
2056
2057 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
2058 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
2059 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
2060
2061 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
2062 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
2063 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
2064 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
2065 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
2066 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
2067 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
2068 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
2069 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
2070 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
2071 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
2072 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
2073 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
2074 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
2075 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
2076 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
2077 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
2078 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
2079 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
2080 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
2081 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
2082 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
2083 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
2084 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
2085 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
2086 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
2087 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2088
ccddd104 2089 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
481a0aa2 2090
615aaf41
LP
2091CHANGES WITH 219:
2092
615aaf41
LP
2093 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
2094 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
2095 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
2096 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
2097 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
2098 interface with and update the database.
2099
2100 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
2101 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
2102 before bytewise copying is done.
2103
2104 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
2105 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
2106 directory, and immediately removed when the container
2107 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
2108 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
2109 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
2110 for starting a container off the root file system of the
2111 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
2112 available on btrfs file systems.
2113
2114 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
2115 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
7edecf21 2116 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
615aaf41
LP
2117 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
2118 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
2119 systems.
2120
2121 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
2122 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
2123 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
2124 mount point remains.
2125
2126 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
2127 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
2128 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
2129 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
2130 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
2131 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
2132 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
2133 are disabled.
2134
2135 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
2136 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
2137 container to the host or vice versa.
2138
2139 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
2140 mount host directories into local containers. This is
2141 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
2142
2143 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
2144 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
2145
2146 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
2147 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
2148 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
2149 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
2150 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
2151 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
2152 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
2153 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
2154 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
94e5ba37 2155 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
615aaf41
LP
2156 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
2157 make the functionality of importd available to the
2158 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
2159 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
2160 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
2161 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
2162 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
2163 only fully supported on btrfs.
2164
2165 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
2166 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
2167 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
2168 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
2169 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
2170 information about images.
2171
2172 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
2173 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
f59dba26 2174 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
615aaf41
LP
2175 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
2176 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
2177 legacy file systems).
2178
2179 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
2180 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
2181 shown in networkctl output.
2182
2183 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
2184 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
2185 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
2186 processes as system services while interactively
2187 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
2188 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
2189 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
2190 full login session, the difference being that the former
2191 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
2192 setup.
2193
2194 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
2195 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
2196 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
2197 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
2198 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
2199
2200 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
2201 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
2202 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
2203 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
2204 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
2205 via qemu/kvm.
2206
2207 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
2208 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
2209 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
2210 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
2211 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
2212 disk images, too.
2213
2214 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
2215 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
2216 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
2217 integrate with that.
2218
2219 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
2220 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
2221 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
2222 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
2223
2224 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
2225 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
2226 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
2227
2228 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
2229 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
2230 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
2231 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
2232 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
2233 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
2234 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
2235 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
2236 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
2237 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
2238
2239 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
2240 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
2241 files.
2242
2243 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
4c37970d 2244 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
615aaf41 2245 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
94e5ba37 2246 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
615aaf41
LP
2247 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
2248 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
2249 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
2250 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
2251 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
2252 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
2253 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
2254 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
2255 explicitly turned on.
2256
2257 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
2258 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
2259 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
2260 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
2261
2262 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
2263 supported.
2264
2265 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
2266 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
2267 user/session following the status output. Similar,
2268 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
2269 associated with a virtual machine or container
2270 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
2271 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
2272 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
2273 output however.)
2274
2275 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
2276 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
2277 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
2278 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
2279 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
2280 caller's session/user.
2281
2282 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
2283 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
2284 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
2285 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
2286 user services.
2287
2288 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
2289 same way as unit files.
2290
2291 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
2292 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
2293 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
2294 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
2295 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
2296 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
2297 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
2298 the host.
2299
2300 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
2301 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
2302 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
2303 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
2304 the host as if their services were running directly on the
2305 host.
2306
dd2fd155 2307 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
615aaf41
LP
2308 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
2309 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
2310 updated to make use of it too by default.
2311
2312 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
2313 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
2314 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
2315 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
2316
2317 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
2318 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
2319 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
2320 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
2321 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
2322 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
2323 modification.
2324
2325 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
2326 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
2327 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
7edecf21 2328 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
615aaf41
LP
2329 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
2330 information about Touchpad types.
2331
2332 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
2333 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
2334
2335 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
2336 Policy link field.
2337
2338 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
2339 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
2340
2341 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
2342 ACLs on files.
2343
2344 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
2345 tmpfs, automatically.
2346
2347 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
2348 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
2349 status" output, if available.
2350
2351 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
2352 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
2353 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
2354 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
2355 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
2356 run on next reboot.
2357
2358 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
2359 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
2360 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
2361 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
2362 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
2363 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
2364 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
2365
2366 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
2367 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
2368 after a configurable timeout.
2369
2370 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
2371 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
2372 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
2373 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
2374 it non-idle.
2375
2376 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
2377 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
2378
2379 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
2380 each .network interface in networkd.
2381
2382 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
2383 in .network files.
2384
2385 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
2386 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
2387
11ea2781 2388 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
d2c643c6
LP
2389 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
2390 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
2391 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
2392 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
2393 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
2394 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
2395 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
2396 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
2397 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
2398 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
2399 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
2400 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
2401 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
2402 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
11ea2781
LP
2403 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
2404 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
2405 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
2406 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
2407 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
2408 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
2409 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
d2c643c6
LP
2410 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
2411 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
11ea2781 2412
ccddd104 2413 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
11ea2781 2414
d4f5a1f4
DH
2415CHANGES WITH 218:
2416
f9e00a9f
LP
2417 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
2418 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
2419 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
c7683ffb 2420 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
f9e00a9f
LP
2421
2422 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
b938cb90 2423 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
f9e00a9f
LP
2424 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
2425 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
2426 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
2427
2428 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
2429
2430 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
b938cb90 2431 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
f9e00a9f
LP
2432 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
2433 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
2434 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
2435 modified configuration after editing.
2436
2437 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
2438 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
2439 system preset files.
2440
2441 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label host name
2442 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
2443 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
2444 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
2445 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
2446 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
2447 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
2448 systems that use the single-label host name "gateway" in
2449 other contexts.
2450
2451 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
2452 inhibitors.
2453
122676c9 2454 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
b938cb90 2455 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
122676c9
LP
2456 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
2457 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
2458 managers.
f9e00a9f
LP
2459
2460 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
2461 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
2462 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
2463 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
2464 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
b938cb90 2465 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
f9e00a9f
LP
2466 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
2467 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
2468 parallel to journald.
2469
2470 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
2471 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
2472 available.
2473
2474 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
2475 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
a8eaaee7 2476 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
f9e00a9f
LP
2477 or are not older than the specified time.
2478
2479 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
2480 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
2481 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
2482 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
2483
2484 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
2485 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
2486 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
2487 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
2488 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
2489 communication.
2490
2491 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
2492 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
2493 services.
2494
2495 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
2496 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
2497 including their signature and values. This is particularly
2498 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
2499 the new "busctl tree" command.
2500
2501 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
2502 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
2503 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
2504 friendly way.
2505
2506 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
2507 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
2508 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
2509 race-ful way.
2510
2511 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
2512 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
17c29493 2513 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
f9e00a9f
LP
2514 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
2515 --link-journal=try-guest.
2516
2517 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
2518 stable MAC addresses.
2519
2520 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
2521 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
2522 the respective unit shall use.
2523
d4f5a1f4
DH
2524 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
2525 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
2526 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
2527 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
2528
b938cb90 2529 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
f9e00a9f 2530 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
b938cb90 2531 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
f9e00a9f
LP
2532 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
2533 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
2534 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
2535
17c29493 2536 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
f9e00a9f
LP
2537 details see:
2538
2539 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
2540
2541 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
2542 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
997b2b43
JT
2543 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
2544 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
2545 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
2546 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
2547 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
2548 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
2549 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
2550 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
2551 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
2552 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
2553
f9e00a9f
LP
2554 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
2555 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
2556 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
2557 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
2558 bluetooth, ...) is used.
2559
2560 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
2561 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
2562 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
2563 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
2564 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
2565 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
2566 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
2567 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
2568
2569 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
a8eaaee7 2570 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
f9e00a9f
LP
2571 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
2572 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
2573 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
2574 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
2575 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
2576 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
2577 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
2578 interface.
2579
2580 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
2581 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
2582 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
2583 luks.name= argument.
2584
2585 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
2586 (this was previously already available for scope and service
2587 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
2588 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
2589 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
2590 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
2591
2592 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
2593 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
2594 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
2595
13e92f39
LP
2596 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
2597 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
2598 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
2599 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
2600 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
2601 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
2602 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
2603 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
2604 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
2605 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
2606 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
7da81d33
LP
2607 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
2608 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
2609 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
2610 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
2611 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
2612 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
2613 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
13e92f39 2614
ccddd104 2615 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
f9e00a9f 2616
b62a309a
ZJS
2617CHANGES WITH 217:
2618
78b6b7ce
LP
2619 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
2620 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
2621 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
2622 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
b62a309a 2623
a65b8245
ZJS
2624 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
2625 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
2626 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
2627 now waits until the operation is complete.
2a97b03b 2628
b62a309a
ZJS
2629 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
2630 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
4bdc60cb
LP
2631 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
2632 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
78b6b7ce 2633 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
4bdc60cb 2634 connection.
b62a309a 2635
78b6b7ce
LP
2636 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
2637 commands anymore.
b62a309a
ZJS
2638
2639 * User units are now loaded also from
2640 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
2641 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
2642 supported, but is under the control of the user.
2643
4ffd29fd
LP
2644 * Job timeouts (i.e. time-outs on the time a job that is
2645 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
2646 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
2647 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
2648 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
2649 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
2650 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
2651 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
2652 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
2653 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
2654 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
2655 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
2656 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
2657 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
2658 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
2659 question.
2660
b62a309a
ZJS
2661 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
2662 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
2663 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
2664
2665 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
2666 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
2667 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
81c7dd89 2668 command line to trigger resume.
b62a309a 2669
78b6b7ce
LP
2670 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
2671 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
2672 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
09077149 2673 Desktop=systemd-console.
b62a309a
ZJS
2674
2675 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
2676 systemd-networkd.
2677
ba8df74b 2678 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
78b6b7ce 2679 from the information provided by the networking stack
b62a309a
ZJS
2680 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
2681
2682 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
2683 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
2684
2685 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
2686 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
2687 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
2688
78b6b7ce 2689 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
b62a309a 2690
4bdc60cb 2691 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
f6d1de85 2692 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
b62a309a 2693 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
78b6b7ce
LP
2694 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
2695 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
2696 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
b62a309a 2697
c4ac9900 2698 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
b62a309a
ZJS
2699 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
2700 respected.
2701
2702 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
2703 virtualization.
2704
2705 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
ba8df74b 2706 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
78b6b7ce
LP
2707 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
2708 on.
b62a309a 2709
e6c253e3
MS
2710 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
2711
2712 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
2713
ba8df74b
KS
2714 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
2715 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
e6c253e3
MS
2716 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
2717 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
2718 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
2719 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
2720 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
2721
4bdc60cb
LP
2722 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
2723 available for service units, that allows locking all service
2724 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
2725 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
2726 from the service's view entirely.
2727
2728 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
2729 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
2730
2731 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
2732 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
2733 session.
2734
2735 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
2736 legacy-free systems.
2737
78b6b7ce
LP
2738 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
2739 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
2740 easily.
2741
2742 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
2743 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
2744 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
2745 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
2746 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
2747 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
2748 option.
2749
2750 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
d4474c41 2751 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
78b6b7ce
LP
2752 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
2753 /usr.
2754
f6d1de85 2755 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
78b6b7ce
LP
2756 services, not only the main process.
2757
2758 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
2759 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
2760 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
2761 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
2762 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
2763
3769415e
TT
2764 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
2765 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
2766 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
2767 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
2768 directly from now on, again.
2769
fae9332b
LP
2770 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
2771 message flag has been added for all of systemd's PolicyKit
2772 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular
2773 this now allows optional interactive authorization via
ba8df74b 2774 PolicyKit for many of PID1's privileged operations such as
fae9332b
LP
2775 unit file enabling and disabling.
2776
cfa1571b
LP
2777 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
2778 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
2779 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
2780 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
2781 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
2782 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
2783 unnecessary or unlikely.
2784
7e63dd10
LP
2785 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
2786 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
ba8df74b 2787 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
7e63dd10
LP
2788 "anually", "hourly", ...).
2789
d4474c41
TG
2790 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
2791 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
2792 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
2793 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
2794 overwritten at runtime.
2795
3b187c5c
LP
2796 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
2797 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
2798 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
2799 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
2800 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
2801 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
2802 segmentation fault.
2803
4b08dd87
LP
2804 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
2805 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
2806 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
2807 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
2808 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
2809 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
2810 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
2811 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
2812 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
2813 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
2814 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
2815 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
2816 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
2817 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
2818 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
2819 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
2820 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
2821 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
2822 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
2823 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
2824 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
13e92f39 2825 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4b08dd87 2826
ccddd104 2827 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
4b08dd87 2828
b72ddf0f 2829CHANGES WITH 216:
b2ca0d63
LP
2830
2831 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
b72ddf0f 2832 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
b2ca0d63
LP
2833 implementations should add a
2834
b72ddf0f 2835 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
b2ca0d63
LP
2836
2837 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
2838 default functionality.
2839
2840 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
2841 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
2842 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
2843 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
2844 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
2845 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
2846 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
2847 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
2848 files might need to be owned by them. A new
2849 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
2850 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
2851 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
2852 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
2853
2854 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult
5f02e26c 2855 PolicyKit to permit access for otherwise unprivileged
b2ca0d63
LP
2856 clients under certain conditions. Note that this currently
2857 doesn't support interactive authentication yet, but this is
2858 expected to be added eventually, too.
2859
2860 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
2861 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
2862 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
2863 new command to update these fields.
2864
2865 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
2866 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
2867 have been discovered via DHCP.
2868
2869 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
2870 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
daa05349
AB
2871 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
2872 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
b2ca0d63
LP
2873 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
2874 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
2875 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
2876 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
5f02e26c 2877 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
b2ca0d63
LP
2878 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
2879 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
2880 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
a1a4a25e 2881 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
b2ca0d63
LP
2882 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
2883 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
2884 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
2885 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
2886 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
2887 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
2888 implementation to systemd-resolved.
2889
2890 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
2891 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
2892 containers to their respective IP addresses.
2893
2894 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
2895 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
2896 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
5f02e26c 2897 and present it to the user in a very friendly
b2ca0d63
LP
2898 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
2899 control utility for networkd.
2900
2901 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
2902 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
a8eaaee7 2903 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
b2ca0d63
LP
2904 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
2905 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
2906 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
2907 (NoDelay=).
2908
a1a4a25e 2909 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
b2ca0d63
LP
2910 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
2911
2912 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
2913 be started only after timer-sync.target has been
2914 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
2915 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
2916 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
2917 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
2918
2919 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
2920 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
2921 of the link.
2922
2923 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
2924 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
2925
2926 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
2927 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
2928
2929 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
01da80b1
LP
2930 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
2931 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
2932 for DHCP.
b2ca0d63
LP
2933
2934 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
2935 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
2936 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
2937 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
2938 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
2939 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
2940 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
2941 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
2942
2943 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
2944 validation of unit files.
2945
2946 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
2947 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
2948 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
2949 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
2950 address may now be configured.
2951
26568403
TG
2952 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
2953 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
2954 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
2955 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
2956
2957 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
2958 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
2959
2960 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
2961 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
2962 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
2963 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
2964
b2ca0d63
LP
2965 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
2966 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
2967 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
2968 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
2969 implementation.
2970
2971 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
2972 journal data to a remote system running
2973 systemd-journal-remote.
2974
2975 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
2976 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
2977 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
2978 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
2979 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
5f02e26c 2980 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
b2ca0d63
LP
2981 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
2982 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
2983 version, you have to turn this option on again
2984 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
2985
2986 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
2987 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
2988 better than XZ which was the previous default.
2989
2990 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
2991 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
2992
2993 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
2994 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
2995
2996 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
2997 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
2998 "systemctl status" output for a service.
2999
3000 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
3001 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
a1a4a25e 3002 hostname, root password) interactively on first
b2ca0d63
LP
3003 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
3004 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
3005
01da80b1
LP
3006 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
3007
3008 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
3009
3010 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
3011 when primary addresses are removed.
3012
b2ca0d63
LP
3013 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
3014 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
3015 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
3016 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
3017 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
3018 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
3019 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3020 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
3021 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
3022 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
3023 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
3024 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
3025 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
3026 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
3027 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3028
ccddd104 3029 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
b72ddf0f 3030
3dff3e00 3031CHANGES WITH 215:
24a2bf4c
LP
3032
3033 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
3034 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
3035 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
3036 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
3037 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
3038 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
3039 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
3040 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
3041 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
3042 require.
3043
3044 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
3045 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
3046
3047 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
3048 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
3049 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
3050 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
3051 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
3052 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
3053 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
3054
3055 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
3056 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
3057 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
3058 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
3059 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
3060 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
3061 update or reset should use this condition and order
3062 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
3063 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
3064 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
3065 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
3066 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
3067 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
3068 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
ce1dde29 3069 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
24a2bf4c
LP
3070 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
3071
3072 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
3073
3074 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
3075 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
3076 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
3dff3e00
KS
3077 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
3078
24a2bf4c
LP
3079 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
3080 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
3081 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
3082 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
3083 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
3084 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
3085 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
c7435cc9
LP
3086 .network files using settings of this section should be
3087 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
3088 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
24a2bf4c 3089
c7435cc9
LP
3090 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
3091 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
24a2bf4c
LP
3092
3093 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
3094 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
3095 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
3096 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
3097 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
3098 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
3099 of nspawn instances.
3100
3101 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
3102 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
3103 added.
3104
3105 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
3106 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
3107 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
3108 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
3109 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
3110 configuration stored in /etc.
3111
3112 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
3113 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
3114 parsing of unknown mount options.
3115
3116 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
3117 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
3118 it already exist and not already be the correct
a8eaaee7 3119 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
24a2bf4c
LP
3120 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
3121 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
3122 pre-existing files of different types.
3123
3124 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
3125 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
ce1dde29 3126 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
24a2bf4c
LP
3127 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
3128 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
3129 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
3130 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
3131
3132 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
3133 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
3134 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
3135 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
3136 shall be executed.
3137
3138 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
3139 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
ce1dde29 3140 example whether it is fully up and running.
24a2bf4c
LP
3141
3142 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
3143 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
3144 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
3145 reset.
3146
3147 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
3148 most basic services systemd ships by default.
3149
3150 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
3151 field for defining the default instance to create if a
3152 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
3153
3154 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
3155 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
3156 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
3157
3158 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
3159 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
3160 access to this group.
3161
3162 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
3163 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
3164 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
3165 to the journal.
3166
3167 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
3168 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
3169 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
3170 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
3171 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
3172 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
3173
3174 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
3175 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
3176 that makes sure to only show information about the most
3177 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
3178 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
3179 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
3180 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
3181 the old name to the new name.
3182
3183 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
ce1dde29 3184 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
24a2bf4c
LP
3185 coredumpctl without restrictions.
3186
3187 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
3188 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
3189 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
3190 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
3191 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
3192 "systemd-debug-generator".
3193
3194 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
3195 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
3196 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
3197 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
3198 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
3199 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
3200 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
b938cb90
JE
3201 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
3202 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
24a2bf4c
LP
3203 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
3204 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
3205
3206 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
3207 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
3208 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
c7435cc9
LP
3209 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
3210 been added to query many of these paths for the local
3211 machine and user.
24a2bf4c
LP
3212
3213 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
3214 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
3215 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
3216 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
3217 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
3218
3219 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
3220 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
3221 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
3222 couple of drop-in directories.
3223
3058e017
TLSC
3224 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
3225 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
3226 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
3227 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
3228 for dev_port.
3229
c7435cc9
LP
3230 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
3231 container (read from /etc/os-release and
3232 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
3233 "machinectl status" for a machine.
3234
3235 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
3236 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
3237 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
3238 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
3239 Restart= setting.
3240
3241 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
3242 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
3243 directly connect to a specific container on the
3244 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
3245 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
3246 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
3247 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
3248 containers is a privileged operation.
3249
3250 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
3251 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
3252 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
3253 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
3254 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
3255 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
3256 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
3257 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
3258 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
3259 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
3260 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
3261 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3262
ccddd104 3263 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
c7435cc9 3264
4196a3ea
KS
3265CHANGES WITH 214:
3266
3267 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
3268 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
3269 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
3270 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
3271 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
3272 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
3273 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
3274 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
3275 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
71449caf 3276 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
8d0e0ddd 3277 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
4196a3ea 3278 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
45df8656 3279 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
4196a3ea
KS
3280 devices are excluded from this logic.
3281
04e91da2
LP
3282 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
3283 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
3284 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
3285 and we will readd "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
3286 change has been released.
3287
3288 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
8d0e0ddd 3289 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
04e91da2
LP
3290 libattr is thus unnecessary.
3291
ce830873 3292 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
04e91da2
LP
3293 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
3294 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
71449caf 3295 with fewer privileges.
04e91da2
LP
3296
3297 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
3298 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
3299 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
3300 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
3301
a8eaaee7 3302 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
04e91da2
LP
3303 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
3304
a8eaaee7 3305 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
04e91da2
LP
3306 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
3307
3308 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
a8eaaee7 3309 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
04e91da2
LP
3310 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
3311
3312 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
3313 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
8d0e0ddd 3314 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
04e91da2
LP
3315 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
3316 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
c54bed5d 3317 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
04e91da2 3318
cd14eda3 3319 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
8d0e0ddd
JE
3320 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
3321 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
cd14eda3 3322
ef392da6 3323 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
8d0e0ddd 3324 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
04e91da2
LP
3325 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
3326 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
3327 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
3328 modifications of user data or system files from
3329 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
3330 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
3331
3332 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
3333 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
3334 and FIFOs in the file system.
3335
8d0e0ddd 3336 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
04e91da2
LP
3337 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
3338 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
3339
3340 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
3341 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
45df8656 3342 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
71449caf 3343 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same life-cycle as
04e91da2
LP
3344 the socket itself.
3345
3346 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
3347 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
3348 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
3349 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
3350 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
3351 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
3352 symlinks, and nothing else.
3353
3354 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
3355 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
3356 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
3357 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
3358 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
3359 process (for example, the parent process). The
3360 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
3361 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
3362 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
3363 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
3364 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
3365 messages to services when the originating process already
3366 vanished.
3367
3368 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
8d0e0ddd 3369 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
04e91da2
LP
3370 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
3371 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
3372 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
3373 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
3374 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
3375 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
3376 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
3377 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
3378 all long-running services.
3379
3380 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
3381 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
3382 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
3383 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
3384 service.
3385
3386 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
3387 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
3388 applied to all submounts, too.
3389
3390 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
3391
3392 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
3393 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
3394 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
3395 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
3396 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
3397 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
3398 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
3399
cc98b302 3400 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
04e91da2
LP
3401 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
3402 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
71449caf 3403 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
04e91da2
LP
3404 (domU) domains.
3405
3406 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
3407 files or entire directories.
3408
3409 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
8d0e0ddd
JE
3410 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
3411 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
3412 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
04e91da2
LP
3413 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
3414
3415 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
3416 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
3417 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
3418 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
8d0e0ddd
JE
3419 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
3420 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
04e91da2 3421 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
8d0e0ddd 3422 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
04e91da2
LP
3423 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
3424 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
3425 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
3426 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
3427
3428 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
3429 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
3430 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
3431 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
3432
3433 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
3434 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
daa05349 3435 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
8d0e0ddd 3436 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
04e91da2
LP
3437 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
3438 non-directories.
3439
3440 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
3441 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
3442 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
3443
4c0d13bd
LP
3444 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
3445 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
3446 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
3447 this group.
3448
dc1d6c02
LP
3449 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
3450 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
3451 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
3452 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
3453 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
3454 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
3455 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3456
ccddd104 3457 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
dc1d6c02 3458
6936cd89
LP
3459CHANGES WITH 213:
3460
3461 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
69beda1f 3462 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
6936cd89 3463 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
8d0e0ddd 3464 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
6936cd89 3465 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
c9679c65
LP
3466 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
3467 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
6936cd89 3468 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
8d0e0ddd 3469 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
6936cd89
LP
3470 client should be more than appropriate for most
3471 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
3472 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
3473 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
3474 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
3475 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
69beda1f 3476 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
6936cd89 3477 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
8d0e0ddd 3478 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
c9679c65 3479 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
8d0e0ddd 3480 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
c9679c65 3481 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
6936cd89 3482
69beda1f
KS
3483 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
3484 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
6936cd89
LP
3485 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
3486 part of a different namespace.
3487
3488 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
3489 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
499b604b
ZJS
3490 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
3491 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
6936cd89
LP
3492
3493 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
3494 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
499b604b 3495 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
6936cd89
LP
3496
3497 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
3498 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
499b604b 3499 when a service fails. This works similarly to
8d0e0ddd 3500 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
6936cd89
LP
3501 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
3502 restart the service in question.
3503
3504 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
499b604b
ZJS
3505 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
3506 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
3507 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
3508 details when running non-locally.
6936cd89
LP
3509
3510 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
3511 graphs it generates.
3512
3513 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
3514 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
3515 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
3516 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
3517 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
3518
3519 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
3520
3521 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
3522 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
3523 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
3524 what it was on SysV systems.
3525
3526 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
3527 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
3528
3529 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently
3530 ignore sections whose name begins with "X-". This may be
3531 used to maintain application-specific extension sections in unit
3532 files.
3533
3534 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
3535 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
3536 to show these addresses in its output.
3537
3538 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
3539 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
3540 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
3541 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
3542 preferred over a text one.
3543
3544 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
3545 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
3546 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
3547 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
3548 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
3549 mDNS cache.
3550
68dd0956
TG
3551 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
3552 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
3553 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
3554 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
3555 of network configuration performed in some other way.
3556
6936cd89 3557 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
499b604b 3558 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
6936cd89 3559 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
69beda1f 3560 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
6936cd89
LP
3561 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
3562
8e7acf67
LP
3563 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
3564 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
3565 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
8d0e0ddd 3566 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
8e7acf67
LP
3567 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
3568 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
3569 overrides any other settings.
3570
3571 Contributions fron: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
6936cd89
LP
3572 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
3573 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
3574 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
3575 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
3576 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
3577 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
3578 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
3579 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8e7acf67
LP
3580 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
3581 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
3582 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
3583 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
3584 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
3585 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
3586 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
6936cd89
LP
3587 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3588
ccddd104 3589 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
6936cd89 3590
51c61cda
LP
3591CHANGES WITH 212:
3592
3593 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
3594 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
3595 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
3596 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
3597 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
3598 by accident.
3599
3600 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
3601 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
3602 registered with machined.
3603
3604 * sd-login gained new calls
3605 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
3606 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
499b604b 3607 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
51c61cda
LP
3608 counterparts.
3609
3610 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
3611 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
3612 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
3613 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
3614 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
3615 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
3616 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
3617 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
3618 once.
3619
3620 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
3621 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
3622 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
3623
3624 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
3625 units on all local containers, when used with the
3626 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
3627 executed when no parameters are specified).
3628
3629 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
3630 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
3631 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
3632 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
3633
3634 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
70a44afe 3635 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
51c61cda
LP
3636 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
3637 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
3638 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
3639 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
3640
3641 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
3642 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
3643 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
3644 of the container.
3645
3646 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
3647 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
3648 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
3649 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
3650 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
b8bde116
JE
3651 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no life-cycle
3652 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
3653 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
51c61cda
LP
3654
3655 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
3656 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
3657 instead of /.
3658
3659 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
3660 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
3661 emergency messages now.
3662
3663 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
3664 journal log messages across the network.
3665
3666 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
3667 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
3668 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
3669 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
3670 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
3671 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
3672 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
3673
3674 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
3675 down a local OS container.
3676
3677 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
3678 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
3679 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
3680
3681 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
3682 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
3683 this is appropriate.
3684
3685 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
b8bde116 3686 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
51c61cda
LP
3687 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
3688
3689 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
3690 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
3691 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
3692 for debugging purposes.
3693
3694 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
3695 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
3696 in seconds.
3697
3698 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
3699 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
3700 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
3701 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
3702 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
3703 like on traditional inetd.
3704
3705 * A new system.conf configuration option
3706 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
3707 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
3708
b8bde116 3709 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
51c61cda
LP
3710 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
3711 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
3712 do these days).
3713
b8bde116 3714 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
51c61cda
LP
3715 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
3716 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
3717 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
d28315e4
JE
3718 could not take place because the system was powered off.
3719 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
51c61cda
LP
3720
3721 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
3722 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
3723 it will be triggered.
3724
3725 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
3726 addresses to its local interfaces.
3727
3728 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
3729 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
3730 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
3731 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
3732 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
3733 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
3734 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
3735 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
3736 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3737
ccddd104 3738 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
51c61cda 3739
699b6b34
LP
3740CHANGES WITH 211:
3741
3742 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
3743 added to restrict which socket address families unit
3744 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
3745 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
3746 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
3747 is built on seccomp system call filters.
3748
3749 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
3750 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
3751 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
3752 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
3753 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
3754 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
3755 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
3756 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
f1721625 3757 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
699b6b34
LP
3758
3759 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
3760 matching against device group names.
3761
3762 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
3763 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
3764 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
3765 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
22e7062d 3766 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
699b6b34
LP
3767 though.
3768
3769 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
3770 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
3771 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
b8bde116 3772 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
699b6b34
LP
3773 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
3774 (http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
3775 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
3776 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
b8bde116 3777 systems prepared appropriately.
699b6b34
LP
3778
3779 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
3780 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
3781 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
3782 (see above). This means that installations made with
3783 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
3784 deployed using container managers, completely
3785 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
3786 this feature soon, too.)
3787
3788 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
3789 set up a private macvlan interface for the
499b604b 3790 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
699b6b34
LP
3791 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
3792
3793 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
3794 using IPv4LL.
3795
3796 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
3797 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
3798 systemd-networkd.
3799
3800 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
3801 tracking the life-cycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
3802 still not a public API though (unless you specify
3803 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
3804 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
3805
3806 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
3807 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
3808 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
4ef6e535 3809 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
699b6b34
LP
3810 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
3811 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
3812 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
3813 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
3814 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
3815 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
3816 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
4ef6e535 3817 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
699b6b34
LP
3818 users.
3819
3820 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
3821 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
3822 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
3823 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
3824 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
3825 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
3826 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
3827 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
3828 due to a closed lid.
3829
3830 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
3831 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
3832 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
3833 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
4ef6e535 3834 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
699b6b34
LP
3835 order to then act as suspend blocker.
3836
3837 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
3838 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
3839 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
3840 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
3841 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
3842
3843 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
3844 now also work in --scope mode.
3845
3846 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
3847 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
3848 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
3849 promises are made.)
3850
3851 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
3852 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
3853 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
3854 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
3855 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
3856 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
3857 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
3858 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
3859 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
3860 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3861
ccddd104 3862 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
699b6b34 3863
43c71255
LP
3864CHANGES WITH 210:
3865
3866 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
3867 according to SMACK rules.
3868
67dd87c5 3869 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
43c71255
LP
3870 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
3871
3872 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
3873 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
3874 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
3875
3876 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
3877 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, host name
3878 and machine ID.
3879
ed28905e 3880 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
43c71255 3881 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
b8bde116 3882 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
43c71255
LP
3883 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
3884 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
ed28905e 3885 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
b8bde116 3886 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
ed28905e 3887 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
43c71255
LP
3888 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
3889 backpack or similar.
3890
3891 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
3892 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
d27893ef 3893 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
949138cc 3894 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
43c71255
LP
3895 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
3896 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
3897 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
3898 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
3899 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
3900 this on its own.
3901
3902 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
3903 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
3904 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
3905 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
3906
3907 * We will now ship a default .network file for
3908 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
3909 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
3910 --network-bridge= switches.
3911
3912 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
3913 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
3914 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
3915 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
3916 metrics, according to what is customary according to
3917 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
3918 each configuration option.
3919
3920 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
ed28905e 3921 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
43c71255 3922 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
b8bde116 3923 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
43c71255
LP
3924 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
3925
3926 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
3927 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
3928 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
3929 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
3930 triggered by other work being done in the program.
3931
3932 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
3933 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
3934 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
3935 default however.
3936
b8bde116 3937 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
43c71255
LP
3938 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
3939 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
b8bde116 3940 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
43c71255
LP
3941 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
3942 them with systemd-networkd.
3943
d27893ef
LP
3944 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
3945 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
3946 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
b8bde116 3947 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
d27893ef
LP
3948 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
3949 is drastically increased, but given that these are
b8bde116 3950 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
d27893ef
LP
3951 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
3952 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
d28315e4 3953 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
ed28905e 3954 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
d27893ef
LP
3955 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
3956 during a transitional period!
3957
13b28d82 3958 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
43c71255
LP
3959 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
3960 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
3961 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
3962 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
3963 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
3964 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
3965 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3966
ccddd104 3967 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
43c71255 3968
e49b5aad
LP
3969CHANGES WITH 209:
3970
3971 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
3972 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
8b7d0494
JSJ
3973 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
3974 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
4670e9d5 3975 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
8b7d0494
JSJ
3976 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
3977 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
4670e9d5 3978 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
1e190502 3979 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
4670e9d5 3980 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
1e190502
ZJS
3981 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
3982 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
e49b5aad
LP
3983
3984 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
4c2413bf 3985 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
e49b5aad
LP
3986 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
3987 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
4c2413bf 3988 machines and the like.
e49b5aad
LP
3989
3990 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
3991 shutdown/boot.
3992
8b7d0494
JSJ
3993 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
3994 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
e49b5aad
LP
3995
3996 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
3997 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
4c2413bf 3998 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
e49b5aad
LP
3999 prepared for additional security frameworks.
4000
4001 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
4002 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
8b7d0494 4003 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
4c2413bf 4004 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
8b7d0494 4005 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
e49b5aad
LP
4006 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
4007
dfb08b05
ZJS
4008 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
4009 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
4010 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
a8eaaee7 4011 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
dfb08b05
ZJS
4012 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
4013 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
4014 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
4015 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
ce830873 4016 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
dfb08b05 4017
e49b5aad 4018 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
4c2413bf 4019 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
e49b5aad
LP
4020
4021 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
4022 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
4023 implementation.
4024
4025 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
4c2413bf 4026 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
e49b5aad
LP
4027 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
4028 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
4029 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
4030 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
4031 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
4032 and .service units.
4033
4034 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
4035 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
4036 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
4037
8b7d0494 4038 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
e49b5aad 4039 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
1e190502 4040 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
e49b5aad
LP
4041 nothing makes use of it.
4042
4043 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
4044 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
4045 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
4046
4047 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
4048 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
4049 compatibility purposes.
4050
4051 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
4052 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
4053 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
b9761003 4054 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
e49b5aad
LP
4055 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
4056 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
4057 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
4058 process handling.
4059
4060 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
4061 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
4062 style to "sd-bus.h".
4063
7e95eda5
PF
4064 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
4065 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
e49b5aad
LP
4066 "systemd-networkd".
4067
4c2413bf 4068 * There is a new kernel command line option
8b7d0494
JSJ
4069 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
4070 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
4071 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
4072 are not restored.
e49b5aad
LP
4073
4074 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
4075 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
4076 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
4077 PID1's support for that anymore.
4078
8b7d0494 4079 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
e49b5aad
LP
4080 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
4081
4082 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
4083 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
4084 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
4085 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
4086 container that is registered with machined, such as those
4087 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
4088
4089 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
4c2413bf 4090 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
8b7d0494
JSJ
4091 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
4092 onto remote systems.
e49b5aad
LP
4093
4094 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
4095 login in any local container. This works with any container
4096 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
8e420494 4097 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
e49b5aad
LP
4098
4099 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
4100 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
4101 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
4102 system of some kind.
4103
4104 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
4105 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
4106 next.
4107
4108 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
4109 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
4110 reboot() system call.
4111
4112 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
4113 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
8b7d0494 4114 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
e49b5aad
LP
4115 still available but not advertised anymore.
4116
e49b5aad
LP
4117 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
4118 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
b9761003 4119 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
e49b5aad
LP
4120 within each Unit.
4121
270f1624
LP
4122 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
4123 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
8e420494 4124 the kernel).
e49b5aad 4125
4670e9d5 4126 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
1e190502
ZJS
4127 timestamps (following the setting in
4128 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
e49b5aad
LP
4129
4130 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
4131 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
4132
4133 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
4134 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
4135
4136 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
4137 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
4138 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
4139
4140 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
4141 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
1e190502
ZJS
4142 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
4143 the full configuration is shown.
e49b5aad
LP
4144
4145 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
4146 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
1e190502
ZJS
4147 those commands which take multiple unit names.
4148
4149 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
e49b5aad
LP
4150
4151 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
4152 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
4153
4c2413bf 4154 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
e49b5aad
LP
4155 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
4156 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
4157 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
4158
4159 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
4160 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
4161 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
4162 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
4163
e49b5aad
LP
4164 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
4165 of the legend text.
4166
4167 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
4168 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
4169 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
4170 remote sessions.
4171
8e420494
LP
4172 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
4173 information of SDIO devices.
e49b5aad
LP
4174
4175 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
4176 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
4177 the system manager.
4178
1e190502 4179 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
e49b5aad
LP
4180 short description of the connection parameters in the
4181 description.
4182
4c2413bf 4183 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
e49b5aad 4184 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
4670e9d5 4185 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
1e190502
ZJS
4186 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
4187 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
4188 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
4189 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
e49b5aad 4190
c0c5af00 4191 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
4c2413bf 4192 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS host name resolution
e49b5aad 4193 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
4c2413bf
JE
4194 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
4195 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
4196 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
e49b5aad 4197 host name resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
8b7d0494 4198 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
e49b5aad
LP
4199 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
4200
6300b3ec
LP
4201 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
4202 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
4203 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
4204 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
8b7d0494
JSJ
4205 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
4206 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
e49b5aad 4207 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
d28315e4 4208 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
6300b3ec
LP
4209 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
4210 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
4211 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
4212 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
4213 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
4214 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
4215 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
4216 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
4217 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
4218 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
4219 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
8b7d0494 4220 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
4c2413bf 4221 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
e49b5aad
LP
4222 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
4223 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
4224
8b7d0494 4225 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
e49b5aad 4226 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
8b7d0494
JSJ
4227 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
4228 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
4229 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
4c2413bf 4230 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
e49b5aad
LP
4231 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
4232 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
4c2413bf 4233 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
e49b5aad 4234 that you are aware of the instability of the current
ad42cf73
KS
4235 APIs.
4236
4237 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
e49b5aad 4238 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
8b7d0494 4239 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
4c2413bf
JE
4240 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
4241 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
4242 declare the APIs stable.
e49b5aad 4243
81c7dd89 4244 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
ad42cf73 4245 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
8b7d0494 4246 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
ad42cf73 4247 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
8b7d0494 4248 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
ad42cf73
KS
4249 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
4250 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
4251 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
4252 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
4253 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
4254 one of them is updated.
4255
e49b5aad 4256 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
4c2413bf 4257 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
e49b5aad
LP
4258 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
4259 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
4260 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
4261
4262 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
4263 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
4264 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
4c2413bf 4265 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
8b7d0494 4266 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
e49b5aad
LP
4267 entry points.
4268
4269 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
4270 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
4271 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
4272 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
8b7d0494 4273 been disabled at compile-time.
e49b5aad
LP
4274
4275 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
1e190502 4276 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
e49b5aad
LP
4277 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
4278 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
4279
1e190502
ZJS
4280 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
4281 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
4282 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
e49b5aad 4283
1e190502
ZJS
4284 * The sd_journald_sendv() API call has been checked and
4285 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
4286 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
e49b5aad
LP
4287
4288 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
4289 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
8e420494 4290 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
1e190502
ZJS
4291
4292 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
4293 remains until jobs expire.
e49b5aad
LP
4294
4295 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
8b7d0494 4296 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
e49b5aad 4297 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
8e420494 4298 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
e49b5aad
LP
4299 all remaining processes of the service.
4300
4c2413bf
JE
4301 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
4302 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
e49b5aad
LP
4303 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
4304 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
4305 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
8b7d0494 4306 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
e49b5aad
LP
4307 manager process which created them takes no further
4308 responsibilities for it.
4309
1e190502 4310 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
e49b5aad
LP
4311 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
4312 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
4313 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
4314 marked executable or world-writable.
4315
4316 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
8b7d0494 4317 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
1e190502
ZJS
4318 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
4319 "--setenv=" for consistency.
e49b5aad
LP
4320
4321 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
4322 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
b9761003 4323 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
8b7d0494 4324 independent of the host.
e49b5aad
LP
4325
4326 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
4327 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
b9761003 4328 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
e49b5aad
LP
4329 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
4330
4331 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
4332 with specific SELinux labels set.
4333
4334 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
4335 any additional output but the container's own console
4336 output.
4337
4338 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
4339 container without PID namespacing enabled.
4340
4341 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
1e190502 4342 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
8e420494 4343 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
e49b5aad
LP
4344 OS images, but only specific apps.
4345
4346 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
8b7d0494 4347 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
e49b5aad 4348 results in registration of the unit service itself in
1e190502 4349 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
e49b5aad
LP
4350
4351 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
4352 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
4c2413bf 4353 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
8b7d0494
JSJ
4354 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
4355 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
4356 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
e49b5aad 4357
6afc95b7
LP
4358 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
4359 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
70a44afe 4360 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
b8bde116
JE
4361 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
4362 units to use.
6afc95b7 4363
e49b5aad
LP
4364 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
4365 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
4366 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
4367 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
4368
4369 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
4370 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
4371 context for a service.
4372
4373 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
4374 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
8b7d0494
JSJ
4375 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
4376 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
e49b5aad
LP
4377 influence this logic.
4378
4379 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
4380 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
4381 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
4382 other things.
4383
4c2413bf 4384 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
8b7d0494 4385 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
b8bde116
JE
4386 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
4387 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
e49b5aad
LP
4388 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
4389 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
4390 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
4c2413bf 4391 architectures). There is also a global
8b7d0494 4392 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
e49b5aad
LP
4393 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
4394
210054d7
KS
4395 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
4396 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
4397
e49b5aad
LP
4398 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
4399 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
4400 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
4401 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
4402 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
4403 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
4404 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
4405 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
4406 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
4407 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
4408 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
4409 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
4410 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
4411 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
4412 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
4413 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
4414 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
4415 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
4416 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
4417 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
4418 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
4419 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
4420 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
4421 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4422
ccddd104 4423 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
e49b5aad 4424
cd4010b3
LP
4425CHANGES WITH 208:
4426
4427 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
4428 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
4429 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
4430 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
4431 access input and drm devices which are normally
4432 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
4433 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
4434 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
4435 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
4436 session switching without allowing background sessions to
4437 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
4438 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
4439 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
4440
4441 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
06b643e7 4442 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
cd4010b3
LP
4443 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
4444
4445 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
4446 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
4447 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
4448 kernel version number.
4449
4450 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
4451 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
d28315e4 4452 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
cd4010b3
LP
4453
4454 * This release removes high-level support for the
4455 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
4456 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
4457 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
d28315e4 4458 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
cd4010b3
LP
4459
4460 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
4461 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
4462 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
cc98b302
TH
4463 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
4464 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
cd4010b3
LP
4465 cgroup system.
4466
4467 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
4468 messages containing the slice a message was generated
4469 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
4470 logs among other things.
4471
4472 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
4473 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
4474 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
4475 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
4476 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
4477 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
4478 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
4479 journald which would be necessary to resolve
4480 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
4481 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
4482 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
4483 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
4484 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
4485 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
4486 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
4487 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
4488 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
4489 not delayed until next reboot.
4490
4491 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
4492 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
4493 systemd generated files in one directory.
4494
4495 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
4496 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
4497 performance information if that's available to determine how
4498 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
4499 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
4500 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
4501
4502 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
4503 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
4504 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
4505 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4506 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
4507 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
4508 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4509
ccddd104 4510 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
cd4010b3 4511
4f0be680
LP
4512CHANGES WITH 207:
4513
4514 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
f3a165b0 4515 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
4f0be680
LP
4516 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
4517 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
4518
4519 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
4520 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
4521 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
4522 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
4523 specified on the kernel command line less important.
4524
4525 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
4526 retrieve the VT number of a session.
4527
4528 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
4529 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
4530 maximum number of tries.
4531
4532 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
4533 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
4534 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
4535
4536 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
4537 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
4538
4539 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
4540 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
d28315e4 4541 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
4f0be680 4542
f3a165b0
KS
4543 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
4544 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
4f0be680
LP
4545 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
4546
4547 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
4548 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
387abf80 4549 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
4f0be680
LP
4550 and type).
4551
f3a165b0 4552 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
4f0be680
LP
4553 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
4554
4555 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
4556 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
f3a165b0 4557 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
4f0be680
LP
4558 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
4559
4560 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
4561 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
4562 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
4563 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
4564 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
4565 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
4566 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
4567 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
4568
4569 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
4570 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
4571 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
4572 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
4573
387abf80
LP
4574 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
4575 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
4576 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
4577 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
4578 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
4579 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
4580 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
04bf3c1a 4581
4f0be680
LP
4582 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
4583 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
4584
4585 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
4586 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
4587 automatically after the process terminated.
4588
4589 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
4590 certain paths from operation.
4591
4592 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
f47ad593
ZJS
4593 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
4594 is received.
4f0be680
LP
4595
4596 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
4597 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
4598 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
4599 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
4600 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
4601 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
4602 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
4603 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
4604 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
4605 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
4606 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
4607 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
4608 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4609
ccddd104 4610 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
4f0be680 4611
408f281b
LP
4612CHANGES WITH 206:
4613
4614 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
4615 concepts introduced with 205.
4616
4617 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
4618 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
4619 -r".
4620
4621 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
4622 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
33b521be 4623 --state= parameter.
408f281b
LP
4624
4625 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
4626 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
4627 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
4628 the journal.
4629
4630 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
4631 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
4632 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
4633
4634 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
4635 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
4636 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
4637 browsing logs from that point on.
4638
4639 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
4640 of an FSS key.
4641
251cc819
LP
4642 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
4643 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
4644 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
4645 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
4646 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
d28315e4 4647 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
251cc819
LP
4648 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
4649 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
4650 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
4651 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
4652 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
4653 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
4654 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
4655 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
4656
4657 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
4658 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
ce830873 4659 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
251cc819 4660 backing module right-away.
408f281b
LP
4661
4662 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
4663 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
4664
4665 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
4666 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
4667
251cc819
LP
4668 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
4669 set of processes in the message metadata.
408f281b
LP
4670
4671 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
4672
4673 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
4674 support for passing performance data via environment
4675 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
4676 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
4677 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
4678 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
4679 deserialize it again.
4680
28f5c779
KS
4681 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
4682 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
4683 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
4684 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
408f281b 4685
251cc819
LP
4686 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
4687 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
4688 completely silent shutdown when used.
4689
4690 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
4691 option in .socket units.
4692
4693 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
4694 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
4695 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
4696 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
4697 system.slice as before.
4698
4699 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
4700
4701 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
4702 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
4703 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4704 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
4705 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
4706 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
4707 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4708
ccddd104 4709 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
4f0be680 4710
00aa832b
LP
4711CHANGES WITH 205:
4712
4713 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
4714
4715 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
ccddd104 4716 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
00aa832b
LP
4717 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
4718 possible for system services and applications to group their
4719 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
4720 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
4721 together, or apply resource limits on them.
4722
4723 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
cc98b302 4724 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
00aa832b
LP
4725 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
4726 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
4727 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
4728
4729 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
4730 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
4731 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
4732 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
4733
4734 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
4735 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
4736 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
4737 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
4738 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
4739 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
4740 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
4741 and useful as a general batch manager.
4742
4743 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
4744 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
4745 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
4746 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
4747 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
4748 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
4749 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
4750 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
4751 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
4752 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
4753
4754 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
4755 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
4756 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
4757 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
4758 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
4759 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
4760 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
4761 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
4762 is compile-time optional.
4763
4764 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
4765 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
4766 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
4767 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
4768 well as slice units.
4769
4770 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
4771 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
4772 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
4773 but will be extended later on to make more properties
4774 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
4775 command that wraps this call.
4776
4777 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
4778 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
4779 while configuring a number of settings via the command
4780 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
4781 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
4782 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
4783 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
4784
4785 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
4786 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
4787 off audit.
4788
4789 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
4790 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
4791
4792 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
1fda0ab5
ZJS
4793 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
4794 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
4795 and system logs.
00aa832b
LP
4796
4797 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
4798 snippets extending unit files.
4799
4800 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
4801 not available as public API.
4802
4803 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
499b604b 4804 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
00aa832b
LP
4805 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
4806
4807 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
4808 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
4809 controls what to boot into by default.
4810
1fda0ab5
ZJS
4811 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
4812 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
4813
00aa832b
LP
4814 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
4815 generators needed for execution, as well as information
4816 about the unit file loading.
4817
00aa832b
LP
4818 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
4819 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
4820 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
4821 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
4822 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
4823 racy due to journal file rotation.
4824
4825 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
4826 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
4827 all services.
4828
4829 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
4830 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
4831 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
4832 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
4833 system services want to log events about specific client
4834 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
4835 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
4836 unit is requested.
4837
4838 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
4839 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
4840 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
4841 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
4842 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
4843 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
4844 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
4845 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
4846 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
4847 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
4848 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
4849 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
4850 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
4851
606c24e3
LP
4852CHANGES WITH 204:
4853
4854 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
4855 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
4856
4857 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
4858 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
4859 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
4860
4861 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
4862 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4863
2f3fcf85
LP
4864CHANGES WITH 203:
4865
4866 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
4867 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
4868
4869 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
4870 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
4871 fields, including the root directory.
4872
4873 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
4874 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
b82eed9a 4875 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
2f3fcf85
LP
4876 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
4877 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
4878 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
4879 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
4880 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
4881 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
4882 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
4883 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
4884
4885 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
4886 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
4887
4888 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
4889 have taken an inhibitor lock.
4890
4891 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
4892 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
4893 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
4894 the local hostname.
4895
4896 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
4897 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
4898 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
4899 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
4900 VMs/containers coming and going.
4901
4902 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
4903 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
4904 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
4905
4906 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
4907 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
4908 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
4909 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
4910
4911 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
4912 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
4913 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
4914
4915 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
4916 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
4917 services. With the container's root directory in
4918 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
4919 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
4920
4921 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
4922 the processes within a certain container.
4923
4924 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
4925 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
4926 check though. Patches welcome!
4927
4928 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
4929 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
4930 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
4931 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
4932 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
4933
4934 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
4935 the passed argument if applicable.
4936
4937 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
4938 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
4939 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
4940 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
4941 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
4942 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
4943 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
4944 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4945
ef3b5246
LP
4946CHANGES WITH 202:
4947
4948 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
4949 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
4950 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
4951 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
4952 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
4953 units activate.
4954
4955 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
4956 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
4957 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
4958 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
4959 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
4960 for now, and not installable.
4961
4962 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
4963 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
4964 can run in conjunction with udev.
4965
4966 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
4967 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
4968 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
4969 session manager.
4970
4971 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
4972 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
4973 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
4974 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
4975 services, user processes and containers/virtual
4976 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
4977 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
7c04ad2d 4978 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
ef3b5246
LP
4979 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
4980 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
4981 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
4982
4983 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
4984
4985 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
4986 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
4987 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
4988 logical expressions.
4989
4990 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
4991 switches.
4992
4993 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
4994 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
7c04ad2d 4995 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
ef3b5246
LP
4996 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
4997 the user.
4998
cbeabcfb
ZJS
4999 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
5000 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
5001 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
5002 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
5003 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
5004 an entry.
5005
ef3b5246
LP
5006 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
5007 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5008 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
5009 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
5010 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
5011 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5012
d3a86981
LP
5013CHANGES WITH 201:
5014
5015 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
5016 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
5017 directory.
5018
5019 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
5020 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
5021 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
5022 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
5023 problem.
5024
5025 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
5026 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
5027 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
5028 before the key file is attempted to be read.
5029
5030 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
5031 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
5032
5033 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
5034 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
5035 files in this context are files such as
5036 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
5037
5038 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
5039 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
5040 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
5041 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
5042 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
5043 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
5044
5045 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
5046 hostnames.
5047
5048 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
5049 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
5050 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
5051 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
5052 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
5053 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
5054 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
5055 all time-related output of systemd.
5056
5057 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
5058 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
5059 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
5060 loops.
5061
5062 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
5063 (models, layouts, variants, options).
5064
5065 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
5066 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
d28315e4 5067 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
d3a86981
LP
5068 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
5069 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
5070
5071 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
5072 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
5073 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
5074 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
5075 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
5076 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
5077 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
5078
9ca3c17f
LP
5079CHANGES WITH 200:
5080
5081 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
5082 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
5083 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
5084 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
5085 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
5086 middle ground between physical and access time order.
5087
5088 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
5089 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
5090 images.
5091
5092 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
5093 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
5094 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5095
35911459
LP
5096CHANGES WITH 199:
5097
5098 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
5099
5100 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
5101 security policy.
5102
5103 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
5104 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
5105 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
5106 shared by all processes of a service (which means
5107 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
5108 the same service can still access). When a service is
5109 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
a87197f5 5110 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
35911459
LP
5111 this though).
5112
5113 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
5114 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
5115 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
5116 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
5117 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
5118 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
5119
5120 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
a87197f5 5121 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
35911459
LP
5122
5123 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
5124 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
5125
5126 http://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
5127
c20d8298 5128 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
a87197f5
ZJS
5129 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
5130 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
5131 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
5132 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
35911459
LP
5133
5134 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
5135 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
5136 system is to be mounted.
5137
5138 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
5139 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
5140 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
5141 purpose for socket units.
5142
6a7d3d68
LP
5143 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
5144 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
5145
a87197f5
ZJS
5146 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
5147 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
c20d8298 5148 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
ab06eef8 5149 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
ce830873 5150 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
c20d8298 5151
35911459
LP
5152 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
5153 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
5154 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
5155 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5156 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
5157 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
5158 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5159 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
5160 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5161
85d68397
LP
5162CHANGES WITH 198:
5163
5164 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
5165 files without having to edit/override the unit files
5166 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
5167 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
5168 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
ad88e758 5169 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
85d68397
LP
5170 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
5171 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
5172 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
40e21da8
KS
5173 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
5174 unit files locally: copying the files from
85d68397
LP
5175 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
5176 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
5177 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
5178 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
fd868975 5179 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
85d68397
LP
5180 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
5181 for them too.
5182
5183 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
6aa8d43a 5184 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
85d68397
LP
5185 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
5186 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
5187 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
5188 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
5189 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
156f7d09
KS
5190 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
5191 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
85d68397
LP
5192
5193 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
5194 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
5195
40e21da8 5196 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
85d68397
LP
5197 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
5198 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
5199 other users.
5200
5201 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
5202 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
5203 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
5204 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
5205 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
6aa8d43a 5206 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
85d68397
LP
5207 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
5208 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
6aa8d43a 5209 management logic is also available to other programs via the
85d68397
LP
5210 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
5211 supported.
5212
5213 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
6aa8d43a
LP
5214 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
5215 the foreground VT.
85d68397
LP
5216
5217 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
5218 call.
5219
6aa8d43a
LP
5220 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
5221 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
5222 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
85d68397
LP
5223 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
5224 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
5225 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
6aa8d43a
LP
5226 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
5227 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
5228 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
5229 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
5230 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
5231 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
5232 also been removed.
85d68397 5233
40e21da8 5234 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
6aa8d43a 5235 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
85d68397
LP
5236 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
5237 objects themselves.
5238
5239 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
5240
5241 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
5242 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
499b604b 5243 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
85d68397
LP
5244 to how this is supported in shells.
5245
5246 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
5247 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
5248 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
5249 user systemd instance.
5250
5251 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
5252 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
5253 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
5254 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
5255 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
5256 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
5257 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
5258 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
5259 one day for good in the kernel.
5260
5261 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
5262 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
5263 container.
5264
40e21da8 5265 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
6aa8d43a 5266 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
85d68397
LP
5267 the host into the container.
5268
5269 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
6aa8d43a
LP
5270 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
5271 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
5272 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
5273 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
5274 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
85d68397
LP
5275
5276 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
5277
5278 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
5279 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
6aa8d43a
LP
5280 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
5281 configured to be mounted there.
85d68397
LP
5282
5283 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
5284 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
5285 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
5286 system resume events.
5287
5288 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
5289 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
499b604b 5290 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
40e21da8 5291 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
85d68397
LP
5292
5293 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
5294 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
5295 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
5296 card).
5297
5298 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
5299 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
5300 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
5301
bf933560
KS
5302 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
5303 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
5304 later "change" event.
85d68397
LP
5305
5306 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
5307 now carry a message ID.
5308
5309 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
5310 continues to be work in progress.
5311
5312 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
5313 root directory to operate relative to.
5314
40e21da8
KS
5315 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
5316 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
85d68397
LP
5317 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
5318 times a little.
5319
5320 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
5321 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
5322 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
5323 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
5324 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
5325 request boot into firmware operations.
5326
5327 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
5328 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
5329 correctly in initrds.
5330
5331 * Policykit previously has been runtime optional, and is now
5332 also compile time optional via a configure switch.
5333
5334 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
5335 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
5336
5337 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
5338 the status of all active or failed units.
5339
5340 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
5341 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
5342 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
6aa8d43a 5343 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
85d68397
LP
5344 requests more robust.
5345
5346 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
5347 reading journal files.
5348
5349 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
5350 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
5351
5352 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
5353
5354 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
6aa8d43a 5355 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
85d68397
LP
5356
5357 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
5358 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
5359 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
5360 socket activation in daemons.
5361
5362 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
5363 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
5364
43447fb7
LP
5365 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
5366 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
5367 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
5368
85d68397 5369 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
499b604b 5370 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
85d68397
LP
5371 system units.
5372
5373 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
5374 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
5375 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
5376
5377 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
5378 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
5379 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
6aa8d43a 5380 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
85d68397
LP
5381 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
5382 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
5383 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
5384 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
5385 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
5386 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
5387 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
6aa8d43a 5388 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
85d68397
LP
5389 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
5390 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
5391 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
5392 package installation time.
5393
5394 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
5395 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
5396 scripts need to create these system user/group at
5397 installation time.
5398
5399 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
5400 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
5401
5402 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
5403
40e21da8
KS
5404 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
5405 available.
85d68397 5406
1aed4590
LP
5407 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
5408 load SMACK policies at early boot.
5409
85d68397
LP
5410 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
5411 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
5412 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
5413 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
5414 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5415 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
5416 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
5417 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
5418 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
5419 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
5420 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
5421 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
5422 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
5423 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
5424
8ad26859
LP
5425CHANGES WITH 197:
5426
5427 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
5428 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
5429 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
5430 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
5431 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
5432 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
5433 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
5434 the supported calendar time specification language see
5435 systemd.time(7).
5436
5437 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
5438 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
5439 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
5440 document for details:
5441
5442 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
5443
5444 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
d28315e4
JE
5445 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
5446 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
8ad26859
LP
5447 implementations around and minimal in its code and
5448 dependencies.
5449
5450 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
5451 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
5452 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
5453 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
5454 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
5455 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
5456 with a configure switch.
5457
5458 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
5459 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
5460 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
5461 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
5462 such as ext4.
5463
5464 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
5465 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
5466 identities are attached to the devices as well.
5467
5468 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
5469 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
5470
5471 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
5472 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
5473 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
5474 using only core OS tools.
5475
5476 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
5477 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
5478 implementation of socket activated nspawn
5479 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
5480 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
5481 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
5482 eventually.
5483
5484 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
5485 presenting log data.
5486
5487 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
ce830873 5488 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
8ad26859
LP
5489
5490 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
5491 system on idle.
5492
5493 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
5494 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
5495 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
5496 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
5497 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
5498 information if possible.
5499
5500 * A number of PolicyKit actions are now bound together with
5501 "imply" rules. This should simplify creating UIs because
5502 many actions will now authenticate similar ones as well.
5503
5504 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
5505 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
5506 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
5507 is running on battery power.
5508
5509 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
5510 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
5511 is in the "failed" state.
5512
5513 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
5514 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
5515 environment files at once.
5516
5517 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
5518 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
5519 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
5520 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
5521 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
5522 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
5523 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
5524 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
5525 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
5526 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
5527 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
5528 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
5529 pieces of code locally from the git history.
5530
5531 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
5532 log the unit name in the message meta data.
5533
5534 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
5535 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
5536
5537 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
5538 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
5539 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
5540 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
b938cb90
JE
5541 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
5542 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
8ad26859
LP
5543 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
5544 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
5545 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
5546 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
5547 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
5548 shipped from us upstream.
5549
5550 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
5551 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
5552 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
5553 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
5554 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5555 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
5556 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
5557 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
5558 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
5559 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
5560 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
5561 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
5562 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5563
0428ddb7
LP
5564CHANGES WITH 196:
5565
5566 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
5567 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
5568 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
5569 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
5570 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
5571 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
5572 becoming the one central database for non-essential
5573 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
96ec33c0 5574 database was only attached to select devices, since the
0428ddb7 5575 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
96ec33c0
LP
5576 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
5577 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
5578 data for all devices where this is available, by
0428ddb7
LP
5579 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
5580 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
5581 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
5582 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
5583 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
5584 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
5585
5586 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
5587 indexed database to link up additional information with
5588 journal entries. For further details please check:
5589
5590 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
5591
5592 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
5593 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
5594 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
5595 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
5596 macro for this purpose.
5597
5598 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
5599 Python logging framework.
5600
5601 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
5602 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
5603 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
5604 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
ab06eef8 5605 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
0428ddb7
LP
5606 time intervals.
5607
5608 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
5609 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
5610 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
5611
5612 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
5613 right-away on the selected coredump.
5614
5615 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
5616 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
5617 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
5618
5619 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
5620 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
5621 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
5622 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
5623
5624 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
5625 default.
5626
5627 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
5628 SMACK security label.
5629
5630 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
5631 daylight saving change.
5632
5633 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
5634 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
5635 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
5636 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
5637 distributions who still need support this to either continue
5638 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
5639 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
5640
5641 * Various systemd components will now bypass PolicyKit checks
5642 for root and otherwise handle properly if PolicyKit is not
5643 found to be around. This should fix most issues for
5644 PolicyKit-less systems. Quite frankly this should have been
5645 this way since day one. It is absolutely our intention to
5646 make systemd work fine on PolicyKit-less systems, and we
d28315e4 5647 consider it a bug if something does not work as it should if
0428ddb7
LP
5648 PolicyKit is not around.
5649
5650 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
5651 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
5652
5653 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
5654 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
5655 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
5656 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
5657 offline updating tools.
5658
5659 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
5660 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
5661 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
5662 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
5663 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
5664 directories for packages to place various data files in.
5665
5666 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
5667 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
5668
5669 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
5670 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
5671 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
5672 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5673 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
5674 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
5675 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
5676 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
5677 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5678
139ee8cc
LP
5679CHANGES WITH 195:
5680
6827101a 5681 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
139ee8cc
LP
5682 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
5683 units via --unit=/-u.
5684
6827101a 5685 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
139ee8cc
LP
5686 right thing.
5687
5688 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
5689 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
5690 rotation.
5691
5692 * The journal will now index the available field values for
5693 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
5694 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
5695 completion of journalctl has been updated
5696 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
5697 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
5698
5699 * More service events are now written as structured messages
5700 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
5701
5702 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
5703 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
5704 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
5705 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
5706 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
5707 these settings from the command line now, especially since
5708 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
5709 completion.
5710
5711 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
5712 extract coredumps from the journal.
5713
5714 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
5715 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
5716 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
5717 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
5718 scratch their heads.
5719
5720 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
5721 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
5722
5723 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
5724 in immediate termination of systemd.
5725
5726 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
5727 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
5728
5729 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
5730 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
5731 mouse screen support has been added.
5732
5733 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
5734 Server-Sent-Events as output.
5735
1cb88f2c 5736 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
139ee8cc
LP
5737 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
5738 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
5739 "systemctl reload".
5740
15f47220 5741 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
139ee8cc
LP
5742 -u" instead.
5743
5744 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
5745 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
5746 configured.
5747
5748 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
5749 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
5750
5751 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
5752 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
4d92e078
LP
5753 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
5754 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
5755 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
5756 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
5757 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
139ee8cc 5758
f9b55720
LP
5759CHANGES WITH 194:
5760
5761 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
5762 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
5763 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
5764 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
5765 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
5766 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
5767 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
5768 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
5769 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
5770 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
5771 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
5772 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
5773
5774 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
5775 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
5776 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5777
597c52cf
LP
5778CHANGES WITH 193:
5779
5780 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
5781 starting from the specified location in the journal.
5782
5783 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
5784 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
5785 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
5786
5787 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
5788 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
5789 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
5790 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
5791 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
5792 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
5793 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
5794
5795 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
5796 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
5797
5798 This will download the journal contents in a
5799 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
5800
5801 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
5802
5803 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
5804 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
5805 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
5806 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
5807 screenshot of this app in its current state:
5808
5809 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
5810
5811 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
5812 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
5813
075d4ecb
LP
5814CHANGES WITH 192:
5815
5816 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
5817 too.
5818
d28315e4 5819 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
075d4ecb
LP
5820 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
5821 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
61233823 5822 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
075d4ecb
LP
5823 just start them.
5824
5825 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
5826 and line break accordingly.
5827
597c52cf
LP
5828 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5829 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
075d4ecb 5830
b6a86739
LP
5831CHANGES WITH 191:
5832
5833 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
5834 container environment, copying the host's timezone
5835 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
5836 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
5837 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
5838
5839 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
5840 will default to 10 if omitted.
5841
5842 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
5843 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
5844 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
5845 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
6563b535 5846 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
b6a86739
LP
5847
5848 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
5849 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
5850 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
5851 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
5852 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
5853 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
6563b535 5854 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
b6a86739
LP
5855
5856 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
5857 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
6563b535 5858 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
45afd519 5859 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
b6a86739
LP
5860 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
5861 into two.
5862
597c52cf
LP
5863 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
5864 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
b6a86739 5865
0c11f949
LP
5866CHANGES WITH 190:
5867
d28315e4 5868 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
0c11f949
LP
5869 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
5870 "systemctl status".
5871
5872 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
5873 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
8d0256b7 5874 system to another place in the same file system could not be
0c11f949
LP
5875 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
5876 field.)
5877
5878 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
5879 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
5880 default.
5881
5882 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
5883 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
5884 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
5885 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
5886 in a container.
5887
5888 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
5889 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
5890 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
5891 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
5892 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
5893 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
5894
5895 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
5896 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
5897 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
5898 no-op.
5899
5900 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
5901 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
5902 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
5903 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
5904 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
5905
5906 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
5907 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
5908
5909 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
5910 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
5911 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
5912 command.
5913
5914 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
5915 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
5916 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
5917
5918 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
5919
5920 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
5921 multiple files at once.
5922
5923 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
5924 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
5925 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
5926 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
5927 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
5928 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
5929 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
5930
a98d5d64
LP
5931 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
5932 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
5933 now support specifiers as well.
0c11f949
LP
5934
5935 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
5936 dir: %_presetdir.
5937
d28315e4 5938 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
dca348bc 5939 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
0c11f949
LP
5940
5941 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
5942 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
5943 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
5944 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
5945 anymore.
5946
aaccc32c 5947 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
0c11f949
LP
5948 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
5949 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
5950 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
5951
5952 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
5953 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
5954 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
5955
5956 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
5957 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
5958 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
5959 sockets.
5960
5961 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
5962 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
5963 is changed.
5964
5965 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
5966 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
5967 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
5968 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
5969 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
f131770b 5970 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
0c11f949
LP
5971 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
5972
5973 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
5974
5975 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
5976 the unit file label and client process label into account.
5977
aad803af
LP
5978 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
5979 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
5980
5981 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
5982 for the host name (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
5983 (%b).
5984
b6a86739 5985 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
0c11f949
LP
5986 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
5987 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5988 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
5989 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
5990 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
5991 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5992
38a60d71
LP
5993CHANGES WITH 189:
5994
5995 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
5996 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
5997
5998 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
5999 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
6000 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
6001 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
6002 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
6003 syslog daemons again.
6004
6005 * The libudev API gained the new
6006 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
6007
6008 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
6009 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
6010 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
6011 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
6012
6013 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
6014 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
6015 container.
6016
6017 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
6018 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
6019 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
6020 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
6021 this explaining it in more detail.
6022
6023 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
6024 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
6025 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
6026 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
6027
6028 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
6029 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
6030 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
6031 journal files.
6032
6033 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
6034 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
6035 as container init process a lot more fun.
6036
6037 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
6038 entries.
6039
6040 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
6041 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
6042 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
6043 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
6044 different sets of services.
6045
6046 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
6047 failure state.
6048
b6a86739 6049 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
38a60d71
LP
6050 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
6051 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6052
c269cec3
LP
6053CHANGES WITH 188:
6054
6055 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
6056 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
6057 tree a lot more organized.
6058
6059 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
6060 may be used to group services in a natural way.
6061
6062 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
6063 services.
6064
6065 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
6066 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
6067 filtering by log level now.
6068
6069 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
6070 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
6071 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
6072
ab06eef8 6073 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
c269cec3
LP
6074 command lines involving service unit names.
6075
6076 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
6077 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
6078
6079 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
6080 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
6081 and encodes structured information about the error number.
6082
6083 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
6084 option.
6085
6086 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
6087 a shutdown is cancelled.
6088
6089 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
6090 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
6091 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
6092 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
6093 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
6094
6095 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
6096 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
6097 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
6098 for display managers instead.
6099
6100 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
6101 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
6102 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
6103 protection, and suchlike.
6104
6105 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
6106 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
6107 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
6108 the service.
6109
6110 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
6111 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
6112 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
6113 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
6114 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
6115 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6116
c4f1b862
LP
6117CHANGES WITH 187:
6118
6119 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
6120 pages.
6121
6122 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
6123 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
6124 data loss.
6125
c269cec3 6126 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
c4f1b862
LP
6127 option.
6128
6129 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
6130
6131 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
6132 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
6133
6134 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
6135 specific directory.
6136
6137 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
6138 messages of two different boots.
6139
6140 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
6141 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
6142 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
6143
6144 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
6145 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
6146 disjunctions.
6147
6148 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
6149 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
6150 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
6151
6152 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
6153 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
6154 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
6155
6156 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
6157 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
6158 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
6159 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
6160 speed things up a bit.
6161
6162 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
6163 header data of journal files.
6164
6165 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
6166 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
6167 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
6168
6169 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
6170 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
6171 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
6172 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
6173
6174 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
6175
6176 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
6177 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
6178 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
6179 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6180
b5b4c94a
LP
6181CHANGES WITH 186:
6182
6183 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
6184 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
6185 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
6186 prefixed with rd.
6187
6188 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
6189 automatically generated at boot. Use:
6190
6191 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
6192
6193 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
6194
d1f9edaf 6195 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
b5b4c94a
LP
6196
6197 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
6198 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
6199 as well.
6200
6201 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
6202 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
6203 in all appropriate directories automatically.
6204
6205 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
6206 does the right thing. Example:
6207
6208 udevadm info /dev/sda
6209 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
6210
6211 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
6212 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
6213 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
6214 running.
6215
6216 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
6217 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
6218
6219 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
6220 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
6221
6222 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
6223 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
6224 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
6225 files.
6226
6227 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
6228 be stopped that is not loaded.
6229
6230 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
6231
6232 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
6233
6234 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
6235 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
6236 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
6237 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
6238
6239 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
6240 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
6241 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
6242 completed initialization.
6243
6244 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
6245
6246 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
6247 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
6248 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
6249 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
6250 distributions.
6251
6252 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
6253 always valid when services log to the journal via
6254 STDOUT/STDERR.
6255
6256 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
6257 command line options we understand.
6258
6259 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
6260 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
6261
91ac7425 6262 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
b5b4c94a
LP
6263 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
6264
6265 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
6266 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
6267 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
6268 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
6269
6270 systemctl status /home
6271 systemctl status /dev/sda
6272
6273 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
6274 system.conf parsing.
6275
6276 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
6277 Manager object.
6278
ce830873 6279 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
b5b4c94a
LP
6280
6281 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
6282
6283 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
6284 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
6285 complete.
6286
6287 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
6288 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
6289 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
6290 systemd-fsck@.service.
6291
6292 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
6293 Manager object.
6294
6295 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
6296 work sensibly.
6297
6298 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
6299 we actually understand.
6300
6301 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
6302 additional capabilities to the container.
6303
6304 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
5b00c016 6305 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
b5b4c94a
LP
6306 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
6307
6308 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
6309 the current boot only.
6310
6311 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
6312 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
6313
6314 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
6315 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
6316 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
6317 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
6318 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
6319
c4f1b862 6320 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
b5b4c94a 6321
2d938ac7
LP
6322 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
6323 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6324 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
6325 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
b5b4c94a 6326
2d197285 6327CHANGES WITH 185:
b6a86739 6328
2d197285
KS
6329 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
6330 available.
6331
6332 * Several new man pages have been added.
6333
b5b4c94a
LP
6334 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
6335 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
6336 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
6337 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
2d197285 6338
b5b4c94a
LP
6339 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
6340 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
2d197285
KS
6341
6342 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
6343 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
6344 Matthias Clasen
6345
4c8cd173 6346CHANGES WITH 184:
b6a86739 6347
4c8cd173
LP
6348 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
6349 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
6350
6351 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
6352 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
6353 daemon.
6354
6355 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
6356 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
6357
6358 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
6359 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
6360 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
6361 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
6362
ea5943d3 6363CHANGES WITH 183:
b6a86739 6364
187076d4
LP
6365 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
6366 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
6367 and systemd's most recent version number.
6368
194bbe33
KS
6369 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
6370 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
6371 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
6372 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
6373 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
ea5943d3 6374 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
07cd4fc1 6375
91cf7e5c 6376 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
f13b388f
KS
6377 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
6378 subsystems.
64661ee7 6379
2d13da88
KS
6380 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
6381 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
6382 used to subscribe to events.
6383
194bbe33
KS
6384 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
6385 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
6386 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
6387 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
ea5943d3 6388 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
194bbe33
KS
6389 forked by udev rules.
6390
f13b388f
KS
6391 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
6392 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
6393 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
6394 it.
6395
ea5943d3 6396 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
c1959569
KS
6397 udev_monitor_from_socket()
6398 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
6399 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
ea5943d3 6400 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
c1959569 6401
ea5943d3 6402 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
9ae9afce 6403 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
18b754d3
KS
6404
6405 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
6406 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
6407 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
6408 the files to the new names on upgrade.
6409
ea5943d3
LP
6410 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
6411 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
6412 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
6413 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
6414 to be used as drop-in files.
6415
6416 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
49f43d5f 6417 particular suspending and hibernating.
ea5943d3
LP
6418
6419 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
6420 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
6421 about this in more detail.
6422
6423 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
ce830873 6424 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
ea5943d3
LP
6425 places). Distributions which have not converted these
6426 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
6427 from git history and add them downstream.
6428
6429 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
6430 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
3943231c 6431 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
ea5943d3
LP
6432 units.
6433
6434 * All smaller setup units (such as
6435 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
6436 are run in a container and are skipped when
6437 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
6438 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
6439
6440 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
6441 integrated, for details see:
6442 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
6443
6444 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
6445 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
6446 messages.
6447
439d6dfd
LP
6448 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
6449 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
ea5943d3
LP
6450 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
6451 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
6452 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
6453
6454 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
6455 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
6456 for all units started by PID 1.
6457
6458 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
6459 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
6460 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
6461
3943231c
LP
6462 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
6463 of PID 1 anymore.
ea5943d3
LP
6464
6465 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
6466 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
d28315e4 6467 have not been read by systemd yet.
ea5943d3
LP
6468
6469 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
6470 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
6471 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
6472 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
6473 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
6474 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
6475
6476 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
6477 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
6478
6479 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
6480
6481 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
6482 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
6483 so sexy.
6484
6485 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
6486 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
6487 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
6488 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
6489 patterns.
6490
6491 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
6492 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
6493 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
6494 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
6495
6496 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
6497 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
6498
6499 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
6500 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
6501 in systemd now.
6502
6503 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
6504 ID on the command line.
6505
f8c0a2cb 6506 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
ea5943d3
LP
6507 for an init system.
6508
6509 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
6510 vt100.
6511
6512 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
6513
6514 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
3943231c 6515 components now have directories of their own.
ea5943d3
LP
6516
6517 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
6518
6519 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
6520 container in other hierarchies.
6521
6522 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
6523 system.conf.
6524
6525 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
6526
6527 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
6528 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
6529
d28315e4 6530 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
ea5943d3
LP
6531 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
6532
6533 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
6534 locally generated journal files.
6535
6536 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
6537
6538 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
6539
79849bf9
LP
6540 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
6541 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
6542 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
6543 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
6544 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
6545 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
6546 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
6547 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
6548 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
6549 Gundersen
6550
16f1239e 6551CHANGES WITH 44:
b6a86739 6552
16f1239e
LP
6553 * This is mostly a bugfix release
6554
6555 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
6556 KVM or container configured UUID.
6557
6558 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
6559
6560 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
6561
ab06eef8 6562 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
16f1239e
LP
6563 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
6564
ce830873 6565 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
16f1239e
LP
6566
6567 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
6568 folks
6569
6570 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
d28315e4 6571 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
16f1239e
LP
6572 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
6573
6574 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
6575 configuration
6576
6577 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
6578 free fashion
6579
6580 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
6581 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
b938cb90 6582 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
16f1239e
LP
6583 automatically generated data.
6584
6585 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
6586 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
6587 however.
6588
6589 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
6590 tarball.
6591
6592 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
6593 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
6594 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
6595 Reding
6596
437b7dee 6597CHANGES WITH 43:
b6a86739 6598
437b7dee
LP
6599 * This is mostly a bugfix release
6600
6601 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
6602
6603 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
6604
45afd519 6605 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
437b7dee
LP
6606 normal user logins.
6607
6608 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
6609 Biebl
6610
204fa33c 6611CHANGES WITH 42:
b6a86739 6612
204fa33c
LP
6613 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
6614
6615 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
6616 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
6617 xsltproc.
6618
6619 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
6620 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
6621 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
6622
6623 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
6624 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
6625 reboot can automatically be triggered.
6626
6627 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
6628
6629 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
6630 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
6631 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
6632
e0d25329 6633CHANGES WITH 41:
b6a86739 6634
e0d25329
KS
6635 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
6636 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
6637 package update.
6638
b13df964
LP
6639 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
6640 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
6641 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
6642
6643 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
6644 complete.
6645
6646 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
6647 understood to set system wide environment variables
6648 dynamically at boot.
6649
e9c1ea9d 6650 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
ccd07a08 6651
353e12c2
LP
6652 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
6653 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
6654 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
6655 files.
6656
b13df964
LP
6657 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6658 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
6659 William Douglas
6660
d26e4270 6661CHANGES WITH 40:
b6a86739 6662
d26e4270
LP
6663 * This is mostly a bugfix release
6664
6665 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
6666 "Result" D-Bus property.
6667
6668 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
6669 the next few releases.)
6670
6671 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
6672 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
6673 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
6674 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
6675
b13df964
LP
6676 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
6677 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
6678 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
6679
220a21d3 6680CHANGES WITH 39:
b6a86739 6681
220a21d3
LP
6682 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
6683 bugfixes.
6684
6685 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
6686 resource usage.
6687
6688 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
6689 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
6690 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
6691 journals by the respective users.
6692
6693 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
6694 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
6695 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
6696
6697 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
6698 client for all entries.
6699
6700 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
6701
6702 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
6703 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
6704
6705 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
6706 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
6707 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
6708 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
6709
6710 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
6711 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
6712 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
6713
6714 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
6715 journal along with meta data.
6716
6717 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
6718 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
6719 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
6720
6721 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
6722 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
6723 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
6724
6725 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
6726
6727 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
6728 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
6729 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
6730 or fsck.
6731
d28315e4 6732 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
220a21d3
LP
6733 requested with new -k switch.
6734
6735 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
6736 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
6737
6738CHANGES WITH 38:
b6a86739 6739
220a21d3
LP
6740 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
6741 bugfixes.
6742
6743 * The git repository moved to:
6744 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
6745 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
6746
6747 * First release with the journal
6748 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
6749
6750 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
6751 systemd-stdout-bridge.
6752
6753 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
6754
6755 * Many systemadm clean-ups
6756
6757 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
6758 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
6759 remote mounts.
6760
6761 * Added Mageia support
6762
6763 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
6764
6765 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
6766 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
6767 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
6768 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
6769 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
6770
6771 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
6772 of existing distributions.
6773
6774 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
6775 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
6776
6777 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
6778 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
6779 boot.
6780
6781 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
6782
6783 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
6784 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
6785 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
6786 among other things.
6787
6788 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
6789 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
6790
6791 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
6792
ce830873 6793 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
220a21d3
LP
6794 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
6795 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
6796
6797 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
6798 restored.
6799
6800 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
6801 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
6802 kmod
6803
d28315e4 6804 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
220a21d3
LP
6805 of /usr/local by default.
6806
6807 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
6808 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
6809 in:
6810 http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
6811
6812 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
6813 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
6814 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
6815 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
6816 supported anyway, and bad style).
6817
6818 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
6819 reloading of units together.
6820
4c8cd173 6821 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
220a21d3
LP
6822 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
6823 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
6824 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
6825 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek